New Admission to Secondary School - WhatDoTheyKnow · 2020. 9. 2. · Admission to Secondary School...

Apply online the simple fast and secure way

kent.gov.uk/ola

Admission to

Secondary Schoolin Kent 2015

For children born between 1 September 2003 and 31 August 2004Transferring to Secondary School in September 2015

Ken

t Cou

nty

Cou

ncil A

dm

ission to S

eco

ndary

Sch

ool in

Ken

t 20

15

Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015

1

Just go to Kent Online Admissions

kent.gov.uk/ola

Apply online

A simple, fast and secure way to apply for a secondary school place in Kent. Opens 9am on 1 September 2014 and closes at midnight on 31 October 2014

2



3

Secondary school placesYou must apply for a secondary school place if your child is born between 1 September 2003 and 31 August 2004 for your child to start year 7 at secondary school in 2015. You will need to apply for a secondary school place when your child is in Year 6 at primary school.

If your child is already at secondary school and you want to move them to a di�erent school you must apply for an in year admission.

What to do

• Online support available – telephone 03000 41 21 21 and ask for the Online Admissions Team or email [email protected] (we will reply during o�ce hours)

at www.kent.gov.uk/secondary admissions you will see

• It’s important to find out more about schools you are interested in before you decide to name them on your application form.

• You can name up to 4 schools.

• A simple, fast, convenient process which opens at 9 am on 1 September 2014 and closes at midnight on 5 November 2014.

• You can apply at any time of day until midnight on 5 November 2014.

• You can log on and make changes before the closing date. You must re-submit the application in order for us to process the changes.*

• email confirmation – reassures you that your application has been received.- gives you a copy of all the information you entered on the application- gives you a unique reference number.

• On offer day (Monday 2 March 2015) – an email will be sent to you after 4pm, telling you which school you have been offered.**

• You must accept or decline the school place you’ve been offered between 3 March and 20 March 2015.

• If it has not been possible to offer your child a place at one of your preferred schools, you have the right to lodge an appeal between 3 March and 31 March

* Only one application per pupil will be accepted. If you apply online, do not complete a paper application as well. Keep your log on details safe and tell us your reference number whenever you need to contact us.

** Some email providers can take an extended period of time to deliver this email. Kent County Council has no control over email delivery once the message has left our servers. You will still receive a letter (if it is has not been possible to o�er you your �rst preferred school), posted �rst class on 2 March 2015

Choose a Apply Processing Offer day Accept or

school decline

4


The Fair Access Office is based at:Sessions House, County Hall Maidstone, Kent ME14 1XQ

The telephone number for Kent County Council’s Education Line is 03000 41 21 21, and if they are unable to answer your enquiry they can put you through to the Secondary Admissions Team or the Transport Team.

You can e-mail the Admissions Team on:[email protected]

You can e-mail the transport team on:[email protected]

Admission for Children with Statements of Special Educational Needs

Kent County Council makes separate arrangements for the transition of children with Statements of Special Educational Needs to secondary school. Your main point of contact for your child’s Secondary School placement is your Area Special Educational Needs (SEN) O�ce. The contact details for the Education O�ces are as follows:

East Kent SEN Team - Canterbury, Thanet and SwaleBrook House, Reeves Way, John Wilson Business Park, Thanet WayWhitstable, Kent CT5 3SS

Telephone: 0300 333 6471 Email: [email protected]

South Kent SEN Team - Ashford, Dover and ShepwayKroner House, Eurogate Business Park, Ashford, Kent TN24 8XU

Telephone: 0300 333 6470 Email: [email protected]

North Kent SEN Team - Dartford, Gravesham and Sevenoaks (opens December 2014)Joynes House, 1-4 New Road, Gravesend, Kent DA11 0AT

For North Kent SEN team please contact the West Kent O�ce

West Kent SEN Team - Maidstone, Tunbridge Wells, Tonbridge & MallingWorrall House, 30 Kings Hill Avenue, Kings Hill, West Malling, Kent ME19 4AE

Telephone: 03000 412206 Email: [email protected]

The information given in this booklet relates to the school year 2015-2016. Details were correct at time of publication, August 2014, but may change before September 2015.


5

A Message to Parents

This booklet provides you with all the information you may need as you look for the right place for your child to start secondary school in 2015. This is a big decision for every child and family and we want to ensure every help is provided to you to apply for your preferred schools, in the light of their admissions criteria. I hope this booklet helps to inform your decisions. We are lucky in Kent to have a wide variety of Secondary schools o�ering a range of educational and wider development opportunities for young people. Our aim is to ensure every child and young person can go to a good school where they can achieve well and succeed, enjoy a wide range of opportunities and realise their potential.

Although the County Council is not the Admissions Authority for all schools, for example Church Schools and Academies are their own Admissions Authorities, we publish the admission arrangements for all schools in this booklet and on our website, www.kent.gov.uk. Our role is to coordinate the Admissions process and we will make sure that everyone who applies is o�ered a Secondary school place on National O�er Day, 2 March 2015.

You will need to complete only one application form, the Kent Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF) – either online through www.kent.gov.uk/ola or on paper - to apply for up to four Secondary schools, in Kent or further away. We will do our best to o�er you one of the places you would like. In March 2014, 93% of children were o�ered a place at their �rst or second preference school.

The School Admissions Code asks schools to make sure that they provide clear up to date information and a fair chance to apply for a place. Even if you have older children who have been through the Secondary school transfer process in the past, please be sure to read the individual school entries in the booklet carefully before you submit your Kent Secondary Common Application Form. There may be some important changes that you will want to take into consideration.

In making your application it may be important for you to discuss your child’s academic attainment, interests and style of learning with his or her Primary school. Your child’s current school may have a Family Liaison O�cer or Parent

Support Adviser who can advise you about some of the information in the booklet, or you can contact the County Council’s Secondary Admissions team. The contact details are on the contents page.

Schools across the county will be o�ering open days and evenings between now and 31 October 2014, the closing date for applications. Open sessions at Secondary schools give teachers and pupils the opportunity to celebrate what they have achieved, and to show how much the school can o�er. For your child, meeting the sta� and the pupils and learning about the academic, vocational, sporting and creative options available at the school can help to make the right decisions. Please do take advantage of these opportunities to look at di�erent schools and consider whether they might be right for your child.

I wish you well with this process and I hope your child will have a happy and successful future in a Kent secondary school from September 2015.

Patrick LeesonCorporate DirectorEducation and Young People’s ServicesKent County Council

6



7

9. Transferring to Secondary School 2015

9. Types of school – Admission Arrangements

10. How the Admissions process works

11. Timetable for moving on to Secondary School

11. How will the Secondary Transfer System work in Kent in 2015?

12. If your child has a Statement of Special Educational Need

13. Parents’ right to a school place

13. Applying for a place in Kent if you live outside Kent

13. Finding out about Kent schools

13. Assessment for a Kent Grammar School

15. Completing the Kent Secondary Common Application Form

17. Allocating places

17. School offers

17. What are the chances of getting my child into the school I want?

18. Examples

19. Where can I get advice?

19. Kent Parent Partnership Service (KPPS)

20. Letting you know

20. Waiting lists

21. Appeals

Everything you need to know

8


22. Some of your questions answered

24. Late applications and In Year Admissions

25. Transport

29. Travel to school or college for students aged 16

31. General information

32. Choices after 16

33. Your guide to Data Protection

34. If your child has a disability


9

1. Transferring to Secondary School 2015

You need to apply for Year 7 secondary school places (which you can do online through our website or by �lling in a paper form) by 31 October 2014. You can apply for schools inside or outside Kent County Council’s area, but you must name all of them on the same application; you can only �ll in one form, and it must be the form for your home Local Authority. If you are not sure whether Kent County Council is your home Local Authority, check which Council sends you your Council Tax bill.

Transferring to Secondary School with a Statement of Special Educational Need

The application process explained in this book does not apply to children with a Statement of Special Educational Need, if your child does have a Statement you can �nd some information in the content of this book that will help you decide which schools to consider.

The proposals set out in the Children & Families Act, to be implemented in September 2014 will see Statements of Special Educational Need and Learning Di�culty Assessments for those aged 0-25 years, replaced by an integrated and quicker assessment leading to a combined Education, Health and Care (EHC) plan. As the law changes references made in this booklet to SSEN will apply as appropriate to EHC plans.

Further information around transfer to secondary School for Children with a Statement can be found on our website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/special-educational-needs

2. Types of School

When you look at the information for individual schools, you will see that each one explains what type of school it is.

Community and Voluntary Controlled schools are run by Kent County Council, so the Council is their admission authority, deciding what their admission arrangements will be, as well as running their admissions process.

Foundation and Aided schools are their own admission authority, so they make decisions about what their admission arrangements will be, but they consult with the Council, and they are part of the Council’s co-ordinated admissions process. Aided schools were set up by voluntary bodies such as churches or charitable foundations.

Community, Voluntary Controlled, Foundation and Aided schools all receive funding through Kent County Council, so you may also hear them called Kent maintained schools.

Academies, some are set up as all-ability schools (comprehensive) by sponsors from business, faith or voluntary groups working in partnership with central government and local education partners. Others are existing schools (including some grammar schools) which have recently converted to Academy status. Thegovernment’s Department for Education (DFE) meets the costs of Academies through the Education Funding Agency, and their admission arrangements are agreed with the Secretary of State. Although they are e�ectively independent schools they provide free education, and they take part in the Council’s coordinated admission process.

Free Schools are a new type of all-ability state-funded school set up in response to what local people say they want and need for children in their community. You can �nd more about Free Schools on the DFE website, www.gov.uk/dfe

Grammar schools and those Academies which select their intake through the 11+ assessment procedure are by de�nition selective schools.

There is one grammar school, Cranbrook School, which admits children at age 13 through its own assessment process. Enquiries about testing should be made directly to the school, but applications for places must be made through Kent County Council, on forms available from the school or from the Council’s website(www.kent.gov.uk/secondaryadmissions).

10


Kent has a wide range of schools, including all-ability and comprehensive schools and academies (which take children of all abilities). Where academies do not select their intake, they are by de�nition comprehensive schools.

Comprehensive schools include church aided schools, which may give priority for admission to members of a particular religious faith. You can �nd out how they do this by reading the admission criteria for the individual schools. In addition to the Roman Catholic comprehensive schools in the Kent LA area, there are two in Bexleyheath (St Catherine’s for girls and St Columba’s for boys) which you can �nd out about from the London Borough of Bexley (0208 303 7777), and one in Chatham (St John Fisher) which you can �nd out about from Medway Council (01634 331110).

Community, Voluntary Controlled, Foundation Aided, Free Schools and Academies are bound by the School Admissions Code, which sets out to ensure that the admission arrangements agreed for all the di�erent types of school are fair and easy to understand, and that school places are applied for and o�ered in the same way.

University Technical Colleges are a new concept in education. They o�er 14-18 year olds the opportunity to take a full time, technically-oriented course of study. They are sponsored by a university and o�er clear progression routes into higher education or further learning in work. Kent currently has one UTC, The Leigh UTC in Dartford, which admits students at Year 10. For further information visit www.theleighutc.org.uk

Note: Special schools, for children with Statements of Special Educational Need are not included in this admissions process and are not listed in the booklet. If you believe your child needs a special school place, you should contact your local Special Educational Needs and Resources o�ce (see page 4).

3. How the Admissions process works

You are invited to apply for up to four schools by completing a Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF) online or on paper.

Kent County Council will tell secondary schools who has applied for places, and provide them with any information they need to rank children for admission. Schools are not told whether parents named them �rst, second, third or fourth on the SCAF.

Each school will look at all their applications, and draw up a rank order based on their oversubscription criteria to decide who will get places. This means, for example, that if how close children live to the school is an important factor, the children who live closest are most likely to be o�ered places, whether they named the school �rst, second, third or fourth on the SCAF.

The order you name the schools in only matters if more than one of them could o�er your child a place. In that case, we will look back at your preferences and o�er whichever of them you named highest on the form.

If we can’t o�er your child any of the schools you named on your form, we will write to you on 2 March o�ering a place at an alternative school.

Parents should note that if transport to school will be a factor, Kent will not normally provide transport where a parent chooses a school which is not the nearest appropriate for transport purposes. See pages 25-31 for further information.


11

4. Timetable for moving on to Secondary School

September 2014Information about secondary transfer will be available on our website and through your child’s primary school. Children who registered by 1 July to take the grammar school tests will be tested in September and sent their results on 15 October.

September/October 2014Schools hold open events so that you can visit and look round.

31 October 2014You must have applied for schools by this date, either online or by returning Kent’s Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF) to Kent Admissions or your child’s primary school.

2 March 2015O�ers of school places will be sent out. E-mail messages will be sent after 4pm to parents who applied online, and letters will be posted �rst class to arrive on 3 March.

18 March 2015If you want your child’s name put on the waiting list for any school you named on the SCAF but were not o�ered, you should let Kent County Council know by this date.

20 March 2015By this date you must let the school you have been o�ered know whether or not you are accepting the place.

31 March 2015If you want to appeal for a place at any school you named on the SCAF but were not o�ered, you should do so by this date.

22 April 2015Any vacant places will be reallocated by Kent County Council, using the schools’ waiting lists.

After 22 April 2015 waiting lists will be maintained by schools who will �ll vacancies as they arise. Parents should

approach schools directly to allow them to make o�ers as quickly as possible. In addition to contacting schools, parents should also send a copy of their application to the LA who will support and advise on the process where this is needed.

5. How will the Secondary Transfer System work in Kent in 2015?

Every Kent parent �lls in Kent County Council’s Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF), online or on paper.

• If you are applying to certain schools you may also need to �ll in a supplementary information form for return to the school (see individual schools’ details).

• You are invited to name up to four schools you would like your child to attend.

• If any of your named schools receive more applications than there are places available your application is assessed against that school’s oversubscription criteria (see individual school details).

• We try to o�er you a place at the school you most want.• All children get sent one o�er of a place on the same

date, 2 March 2015.• Letters are posted �rst class, to arrive on 3 March.

12


6. If your child has a Statement of Special Educational Need

You will already have discussed transfer to secondary school and completed a green form expressing a preference for the school you would like your child to attend. Forms should have been returned to your child’s primary school by 4 July 2014, to be sent on to the local SEN o�ce (contact details are on page 4).

Once we know which school you want, we’ll write to them to consult about naming the school on your child’s Statement. If you don’t tell us which school you want, we will write to the maintained mainstream secondary school closest to your home that can meet your child’s needs.

If you are considering a grammar school place, see section 10.

If you don’t express a preference, Kent County Council will name the maintained school closest to your child’s home that can meet his or her needs.If Kent County Council plans to name a school in the Statement, it must consult with that school and take account of the views the school expresses before deciding whether or not to name it. If the school is in another Local Authority’s area, Kent must consult with that Local Authority, as well as the school itself.

To decide whether a school would be suitable for your child, Kent County Council must take account of any special arrangements which would be needed, and decide whether these represent an e�cient use of resources. Kent County Council and/or the school must take reasonable steps to ensure that a maintained mainstream school is accessible, but does not have to make adaptations or provide equipment. If they would be needed at the school you’ve named, but are already available at another school, Kent County Council would normally name the school where they are already available.

Schools’ Admission Criteria for children joining the school in Year 7 are not applied to children with Statements. Provision for children with Statements is arranged

through Kent County Council, and the school named in your child’s Statement must admit your child.

We will write to you no later than December 2014 formally con�rming the proposal to amend your child’s Statement, setting out the proposed changes and seeking your views. Between December 2014 and 15 February 2015 you can make any representations about the proposed amended Statement. An amended Final Statement must be sent to you by 15 February 2015.

The SEN Code of Practice says that if you want your child to have a mainstream education, Kent County Council must name or describe a maintained, mainstream school in the Statement, unless this would be incompatible with the e�cient education of other children at the school. Kent County Council must ask you if you wish to express a preference for a particular school (including a special school), and must comply with your preference unless:

– the school is unsuitable for your child’s age, ability, aptitude or special educational needs

– the placement would not be compatible with the e�cient education of other children with whom your child would be educated, or

– the placement would not be an e�cient use of resources.

If you wish to discuss any aspect of the arrangements for transfer of your child to secondary school, you should speak to your SEN Locality O�cer at your local SEN O�ce.

If you are not happy with the school named on your child’s Amended Final Statement, you can appeal to the SEN and Disability Tribunal within 2 months of the issuing of the Final Statement.

Parents should note that where they request a school which is further from their home than an alternative school able to meet their childs needs. It will be the responsibility of the parent to provide transport. The LA will only provide transport to the nearest school, other than in exceptional circumstances.


13

7. Parents’ right to a school place

The law recognises that it may not always be possible to carry out parents’ wishes, for a number of reasons: • Because this would “prejudice the provision of e�cient

education or the e�cient use of resources”,• Because a particular school may be full.• Because it is a selective (grammar) school and the child

has not reached the required standard. Because the child has been permanently excluded from two or more schools.

8. Applying for a place in Kent if you live outside Kent

If you live outside Kent but would like to send your child to a school in the county you must name the Kent school on your home Local Authority’s Common Application Form and they will liaise with us. We will then inform your home Local Authority whether we can o�er your child a place at your preferred Kent school. Please note you must NOT use Kent’s online application process or Secondary Common Application Form if you do not live in Kent.

9. Finding out about Kent schools

Schools publish a lot of information about what they teach, the facilities they o�er and what they aim to achieve for their pupils on their websites. You can �nd their website addresses in this booklet. They will also have their own printed prospectus or booklet which you can ask for if you are interested in the school.

There is no substitute for seeing things for yourself. That is why all schools hold open days and evenings, when parents and children can visit and talk to teachers and existing pupils. We believe this provides a very good opportunity for you to get the feel of the school and encourage you to use the opportunities available. We strongly recommend that you visit those schools that interest you most. Headteachers welcome enquiries from parents and will be able to tell you a great deal about their schools.

10. Assessment for a Kent Grammar School

All the grammar schools in Kent County Council’s area use Kent’s tests to help decide which children should be o�ered places. A Kent grammar school can only o�er a place to a child who has been assessed suitable for admission to grammar school. Registration for testing opens on 2 June 2014 and closes on 1 July. Testing will take place in September 2014 and parents will receive their child’s assessment decision by post on 16 October, leaving them time to apply for school places by 31 October. We test about 13,000 children a year.

To be included in the tests in September 2014, a child MUST have been registered for testing by 1 July 2014.

If your child has not been tested, a grammar school can’t o�er you a place on 2 March. If you name a grammar school on your SCAF when your child has not been tested, your application to that school will be turned down, though you will still have the right to appeal for admission.

If your child takes the tests but does not do well enough to be eligible for a grammar school place, a grammar school cannot o�er a place. If you still think that a grammar school would be the best place for your child, you can name your preferred grammar school(s) anywhere on the SCAF, but you will not be o�ered a place at any of them on 2 March. You will still have the right to appeal for admission.

If your child has a statement of Special Educational Need

If your child has a statement of Special Educational Need and you are interested in a place at a grammar school, you must register your child for testing and name a grammar school on your preference form. Kent County Council will then determine whether that school is suitable in terms of your child’s aptitude and ability, as well as their age and special needs.

If your child’s special needs mean that some special arrangements may have to be made so that he or she

14


can be assessed (for example, if your child has a visual impairment), the area SEN Team will liaise with your child’s school, the Admissions Team and other relevant professionals as necessary to �nd out what needs to be done.

Note: If your child does not have a Statement of Special Educational Need, but you believe that special arrangements may be necessary to allow him or her access to the test papers, you should discuss this �rst with the SENCO at your child’s primary school, as applications for any special arrangements are made by the school. You can �nd out more from our website, www.kent.gov.uk

What tests are involved?

The two tests taken in September 2014 will be a Reasoning test and a combined Maths and English test, both in a multiple-choice format. Reasoning tests look at how quickly and e�ciently children solve problems of increasing di�culty. The reasoning test will include some questions which use words or numbers to test verbal reasoning and some which use patterns and sequences to test non-verbal and spatial skills.

The English section of the other test will involve a comprehension exercise and some separate questions chosen from a range testing literacy skills such as spelling, grammar and punctuation. The Maths section will re�ect the requirements of the National Curriculum for pupils in Key Stage 2.

When the tests are marked the scores are standardised. Standardisation allows each child’s score to be compared with those achieved by other children of the same age so that the youngest children are not disadvantaged.

We also ask children to complete a piece of writing under test conditions. This is not marked, but a local Headteacher Assessment Panel may consider it at a later stage.

Test dates

Most Kent children will take the tests in their primary schools on:

• Wednesday 10 September 2014

Children from schools outside Kent LA will be invited to attend Kent testing centres on:

• Saturday 13 September 2014

Detailed arrangements for these children will be con�rmed by letter when we have processed all applications and know how many children we need to accommodate and where they are coming from. This is likely to be in August.

How are decisions made?

The assessment decision is based on the test results. However, before you receive your decision, your child’s primary school headteacher will have the opportunity to refer assessment decisions they disagree with to a panel of local primary and secondary school headteachers, who will consider additional evidence before making a decision. This can include your child’s test scores, recent work, the writing task and comments from your child’s current school. The panel will look at a full range of work for a child, regardless of which scores may be below the threshold. An assessment will only be changed by the Headteacher Panel if the panel is con�dent that the child will be well placed in a grammar school.

The assessment decision will be posted to you on 15 October.

Once you have the assessment decision, it’s best to take any questions you have to your child’s primary school �rst of all. If the school can’t help, you can contact the Secondary Admissions Team by ringing 03000 41 21 21. Neither the primary school nor the Secondary Admissions Team can change the assessment you have received, but they can explain what it means and how it was reached, to help you when you �ll in the Secondary Common Application Form.


15

What if I disagree with the assessment decision?

You cannot make an appeal against the assessment decision posted to you on 15 October, but you are still allowed by law to appeal for admission to any school you name on your SCAF and are not o�ered. If your child has not been assessed suitable for grammar school but you name a grammar school anywhere on your SCAF, although you cannot be o�ered a place there on 2 March, after that you can ask an independent panel to consider whether there could be an exceptional reason for admitting your child to that school. Appeals for admission to Kent schools should be lodged by 31 March 2015. The information which comes with your o�er of a school place will explain how to do this.

Other testing procedures

Some individual schools will also have their own tests as part of their admissions process. This will be stated in the school’s details, and you should contact them direct for information about what tests are involved and when they will take place.

11. Completing the Kent Secondary Common Application Form

If you live in the Kent Local Authority area, and you would like your child to start at ANY Secondary School or Academy in September 2014 you MUST complete the Kent Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF), either online, through the Kent website (www.kent.gov.uk/ola), or on paper.

If you have already registered your child online to take part in the Kent grammar school tests, you will be able to log on and add your school preferences to the information you have already submitted, then resubmit the application, rather than starting from the beginning.

On that form we ask you to name up to four schools you would like your child to go to.

We ask you to rank these schools in the order you most prefer.

If any of the schools you have expressed a preference for is an Academy, Aided, Foundation or Free School you may also need to complete another form called a Supplementary Information Form (SIF). This form is used by the schools to rank your child against their oversubscription criteria.

Schools that require a SIF will be identi�ed in the school details pages. You should return this form to the school and not to Kent County Council. The SIF can be obtained from the school or by going to the “Admissions criteria 2015/16” section at www.kent.gov.uk/admissionscriteria if the school has provided us with a copy.

The SIF is not the o�cial Kent County Council application form and you must still complete a SCAF naming the school otherwise your child will not be considered for a place at that school.

You may name a school or schools outside Kent on the form. We will inform the relevant Local Authority and they will consider your application under their arrangements. If you want to know more about schools outside Kent you are advised to contact the relevant Local Authority office for further details. Please see page 34 for contact details.

If you live in Kent you must complete a Kent Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF), either online or on paper. To apply online, go to www.kent.gov.uk/ola . Otherwise, you can get a paper SCAF from your child’s Kent primary school, download a copy from the Kent website or request one by ringing Secondary Admissions Team (03000 41 21 21), to whom you should return it direct by 31 October 2014

If you have not applied online or on paper by 5 November 2014 your child will not be considered for a place in a Kent school until after places have been allocated in March.

It is important to make sure your SCAF shows us which schools you want, in priority order, because after the closing date you will not be able to change your

16


preferences without a genuine reason - for example, if you have had to move house since returning the form. Even if we accept that there is a genuine reason, there is a limit to how late we can make a change. After 8 December 2014 no-one can to apply to di�erent schools until after 22 April 2015, when most places will be �lled. Do remember to let us know if you change your home address or your e-mail address after the closing date, so that we send your school o�er to the right place.

Pupil’s home address

We will accept as a pupil’s home address the residential property that is the child’s only or main residence, not an address at which your child may sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic arrangements. It will be either:

• owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian;• or leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or

guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.

Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of the child’s permanent residency at the property concerned. The Council reserves the right to check information given on the application form. If any information given on the form is found to be incorrect, or if you fail to notify us of important changes in the information, the o�er of a school place can be withdrawn. If you need further help, contact the Admissions Team.

We can only accept one current home address on the Secondary Common Application Form. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. If you have other arrangements which involve your child living at more than one address and you are not sure which address you should give, please contact the Admissions Team for advice.

Distance

Maps and internet-based measuring tools will give you an indication of the distance from your address to a school, but they often use di�erent reference points.

So that distances are worked out consistently Kent County Council’s measuring software uses address point data provided by Ordnance Survey and updated annually. The address point reference we have for your property is taken as one end of a straight line, with the address point reference for the school as the other end. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled school, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. Address point references allow us to calculate distances in miles to four decimal places.

A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from a Community school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

Kent County Council supplies address point data to all schools but some Foundation and Aided schools, free schools and Academies may use di�erent methods to measure distances from applicants’ homes. This will be clearly explained in each school’s oversubscription criteria. Where a school has not explained that it will use a di�erent method, the method described here will apply.

Brothers and Sisters

Where Kent County Council uses the term “brother or sister”, it means children who live as brother and sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.

If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, Kent County Council will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN. However, this may not always be possible for example, if the school is a grammar school.


17

Where a school has not explained how it de�nes a sibling, the explanation given here will apply.

12. Allocating places

We look at the applications to schools to see whether we can o�er a place. If there are more applications to a school than there are places available, once places have been allocated to any Statemented pupils the school’s oversubscription criteria are used to put applicants in priority order. Some of these children will not be o�ered a place because the school runs out of spaces before we get down to their names on the list of applicants. Some will not need to be o�ered one because another school, which they ranked higher on their Secondary Common Application Form, can give them a place.

If your Kent preferences include a voluntary aided or foundation school, free school or an academy, we send that school your details, as they are responsible for their own admissions. If the school has too many applications for the places available, the governors will use the school’s oversubscription criteria to put applicants in priority order. They will pass a ranked list back to us so that we can o�er a place on their behalf.

13. School Offers

Kent County Council will make sure every Kent child who has submitted a Kent Secondary Common Application Form gets ONE o�er.

If only one of the schools you have asked for could o�er your child a place that is the school place we will o�er you.

If more than one of the schools you have asked for could o�er your child a place, we will o�er you whichever one of these you ranked highest on your Secondary Common Application Form. This is the only time your rank order will be used to decide which place to o�er you.

(If you have named a grammar school on your Secondary Common Application Form, and that grammar school has too many applications from suitable candidates, it may not

be possible to o�er you a place there, even if your child has done well enough in the 11+ tests to qualify for a grammar school place. If this happens, you will be o�ered the highest available of your remaining preferences, even if that is not a grammar school.)

Sometimes, we may not be able to o�er you a place at any school you have asked for. This will be because all those schools have had more applications than they have places available and have o�ered them to children who have a better claim under the oversubscription criteria. If this happens, we will o�er you a place at another school.

When you have the o�er of a school place you can still appeal for a place at any of the other schools you named on the SCAF, or ask for your child’s name to be put on a waiting list for any spaces which may come up. After 22 April you can also apply for a place at a school you didn’t name on your original SCAF by contacting the school direct. Your application will be considered and, if the school still has room, it can o�er you a place. If it is full it will turn down your application, but will explain how you can appeal and how you can add your child’s name to the waiting list in case a place becomes available.

Every admission authority must keep a waiting list, at least until the end of the �rst term in the admission year, and every time a child’s name is added the list will be ranked again in line with the published oversubscription criteria. Looked after children, previously looked after children (according to the School Admissions Code paragraph 1.7, previously looked after children are children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted, or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order) and those allocated a place at the school in accordance with a Fair Access Protocol will take precedence over others on a waiting list.

14. What are the chances of getting my child into the school I want?

The best way to assess the chances of your child getting into the school you want is to study that school’s oversubscription criteria (see school details).

18


Before you �ll in the Kent Secondary Common Application Form make sure that you have read and understood the oversubscription criteria for the schools you are listing. You need to think carefully about whether your child is likely to meet these criteria.

One of the most important criteria for many schools is the distance you live from the school. The distances from which schools allocate places change from year to year, depending on demand. You may need to check with the school whether they have been able to admit children from your address in recent years. When deciding your preferences, be realistic about how likely you are to be o�ered a place there.

Some schools have entrance tests. Ask yourself whether your child is good at the subject being tested or at taking tests generally.

Having considered all these matters, rank the schools you want in order of preference.

Remember that other people will choose the same schools as you. If their children meet the criteria of a particular school better than yours, they will be o�ered a place ahead of your child.

15. Examples

Marie has a grammar school assessment. She lives close to her local Community high school. Her parents would most like a place for her at the local church comprehensive, which gives priority to church attenders. Otherwise, they would like a local grammar school.

The parents’ preferences are:1. Church Aided Comprehensive2. Community Grammar School3. Foundation Grammar School4. Community High School

Marie meets the entry requirements for all four schools, so she is o�ered her �rst preference.

Robina’s parents would like her to go to a single-sex Community high school, even though it is a long way from her home. Otherwise, though they are not church attenders, they would like a church school, or another single-sex school. She has not taken the grammar school tests.

The parents’ preferences are:1. Single-sex Community High School2. Church Aided School3. Community Grammar School for Girls4. Foundation Grammar School for Girls

The Community High School is oversubscribed by girls who live closer than Robina. The Church Aided School is oversubscribed with church attenders. The grammar schools cannot o�er her a place on 2 March as she has not taken the grammar school tests. Her parents are o�ered a vacant place at an alternative school chosen by Kent County Council.

Adam has a grammar school assessment. His parents would most like a place for him at the Foundation grammar school closest to his home. Otherwise they would like a place at his local all-ability academy, a neighbouring Foundation high school or a school outside Kent.

The parents’ preferences are:1. Foundation Grammar School2. All-ability Academy3. Foundation High School4. School Outside Kent

The grammar school is oversubscribed with suitable applicants and cannot o�er him a place. As he quali�es for a place at the All-ability Academy, he is o�ered his second preference.


19

Kristina does not have a Grammar school assessment. Her parents would most like her to go to a local grammar school, a popular high school near where her mother works, or the Church Aided comprehensive, which is further away. They are regular church attenders.

The parents’ preferences are:1. Local Foundation Grammar School2. Community High School3. Church Aided Comprehensive4. Local Foundation High School

Kristina does not meet the entry requirement for grammar school, and the Community high school o�ers all its places to children who live within 2 miles. She quali�es for a place at the Church Aided comprehensive, so is o�ered her third preference.

Oliver lives a long way from his nearest Community grammar school. He has a Grammar assessment.

The parents’ preferences are:1. Local Foundation Grammar School2. Local Foundation Grammar School3. Community Grammar School4. Neighbouring Grammar Academy

All these schools are oversubscribed and have to apply their criteria. Some take account of test scores and some take account of home address, but none of them can o�er Oliver a place, because too many other applicants are ranked above him. If it cannot �nd a grammar school place within a reasonable distance of his home, Kent County Council o�ers him a local school which does not select its intake.

16. Where can I get advice?

The Secondary Admissions Team will o�er advice to those families who �nd the secondary transfer process di�cult to understand, they can help parents to make the most realistic choice of school that best meets their child’s needs. Primary Headteachers will also be in a position to help with this. So if you’ve looked at this booklet, visited the schools and talked to your child’s teachers but still feel you need some extra help -

• Your primary school may have a Family Liaison O�cer (FLO) or Parent Support Adviser (PSA) who you can talk to at school. If you know who they are speak to them directly or ask the school for details.

• You can ring the Secondary Admission Team on 03000 41 21 21 during o�ce hours.

• Email [email protected]

Kent Parent Partnership Service (KPPS)

Every Local Authority must provide a Parent Partnership Service that o�ers con�dential and impartial, information, advice and support for parents* of disabled children** and children with Special Educational Needs (SEN).

Kent Parent Partnership Service has an experienced team available to listen and discuss any issues parents may have around their child’s education. Working at arm’s length to the authority KPPS aims to empower parents and families to be con�dent to take an active and informed role in their child’s education and development.

* parents includes all those adults with parental responsibility

** children and young people aged between 0-19 years (25 in September 2014)

20


KPPS can:

• be available and accessible to answer questions via a telephone helpline or in the local community

• provide face to face support at a time that is mutually convenient

• o�er time to discuss issues in depth and explore options• support at meetings with school and/or the Local

Authority • provide information about other agencies and

processes • help parents to communicate their views or concerns • help prepare paperwork• help with queries about the education system• act as a neutral facilitator at meetings • support with appeals to the SEN and Disability Tribunal• provide training in communication, participation and

SEN processes • provide a range of information lea�ets about education

processes (available in other languages on request).

How to contact KPPS

Telephone Helpline: 03000 41 3000Email: [email protected]

The Helpline is open Monday to Friday 9am-5pm (answerphone and email are available 24 hours)

Or visit the KPPS team at a local drop-in (ring the helpline or check online for dates and venues)

Website: www.kent.gov.uk/kpps

The o�ce site provides disabled access and facilities at:Shepway CentreOxford RoadMaidstoneME15 8AWO�ce Tel: 03000 41 2412Minicom: 03000 41 3030

17. Letting you know

On 2 March 2015 Kent County Council will write to Kent parents o�ering places. You will receive only ONE o�er. You must let the school you have been o�ered know by 20 March 2015, whether or not you want the place.

If you do not let the school know that you want the place, it may be o�ered to someone else, and you will lose it. You can also lose your school place if the information you put on your application form is later found to be incorrect.

If you have not been o�ered the school(s) you wanted, our letter will tell you how to appeal for a place. If you make an appeal for a place at a school, an independent panel will look at why you were not o�ered a place there, and decide whether there is a good reason to change that decision. This is separate from asking to go on a waiting list in case any spaces come up at the school, which you can also do.

If you have applied for a Kent school but do not live in Kent your home Local Authority will write on 2 March 2015 to tell you which school you have been o�ered.

18. Waiting lists

If a school is oversubscribed on 2 March 2015 the admission authority for that school must keep a waiting list, at least until the start of the January term 2016. A grammar school can only put children on its waiting list who have been assessed suitable for grammar school.

The waiting list must include:

• Children who named the school on the SCAF, could not be o�ered a place there on 2 March, and asked by 18 March 2015 to go on the waiting list.

• Children who made their secondary school application after the closing date and before 18 March 2015 whose names are sent to the school by Kent County Council.

On 22 April 2015 the Council will run a reallocation process to o�er any vacant places to children on schools’ waiting lists. Reallocation works in the same way as the


21

process which o�ered places on 2 March, so that any places which may have become available can be o�ered to children on waiting lists, ranked by the schoolsaccording to their original oversubscription criteria. If more than one of the schools parents want can o�er a place, we will o�er the one they ranked highest on their waiting list form.

From 23 April schools will use their waiting lists to allocate any vacant places as they arise.

From 22 April waiting lists will also include:

• Children who did not name the school on their original SCAF but have now applied for a place at the school.

• Late applicants* whose names are sent to the school by Kent County Council.

* (If you are a Kent resident and have not already applied for and been allocated a place by Kent Count y Council – for example, if you have arrived in Kent since 18 March 2015 - please contact the Admissions Team on 03000 41 21 21. If you live outside Kent, you will need to contact your home Local Authority about making a late application to a Kent school.)

The names on a school’s waiting list must be ranked according to its published oversubscription criteria, and it is required by law to rank the list in accordance with the criteria again every time a child is added to it. If the number of children who accept places drops below the school’s published admission number the waiting list will be used to determine who gets the vacant places.

Looked after children, previously looked after children and those who must be o�ered a place through a Fair Access Protocol will take precedence over others on a waiting list.

Putting your child’s name on the waiting list for a school will not stop you appealing for a place there – you can do both. Putting your child’s name on the waiting list for one school will not prejudice an appeal for another, and appealing for one school will not a�ect your position on the waiting list for another.

19. Appeals

If you are unhappy that you have not been o�ered one of your preferred schools you can appeal. All parents have the right to appeal against any decision to refuse them a school place. This means that you can appeal for a place at any school that you named and were not o�ered, wherever you ranked it on the Secondary Common Application Form.

How to Appeal

We will be writing to o�er you a school place on 2 March 2015. If we have not been able to o�er you a school you wanted, our letter will explain brie�y why this was, and let you know the arrangements for appealing for a place at that school.

You can appeal for any school you have been turned down for, but if it is a Kent school please do your best to make sure that your appeal is received by 31 March 2015. This will help the people who organise a school’s appeal hearings to try to arrange for all the appeals for that school to be considered at the same time and by the same panel, which is what the School Admission Appeals Code recommends. Do not wait for the outcome of one appeal or the o�er of a place at another school before appealing: you can always withdraw an appeal request later.

Appeals received after 31 March will need to be accompanied by a reasonable explanation as to why they are late. It is best if all appeals can be heard at one time: a late appeal may have to be heard after others for the same school. Parents who have appealed unsuccessfully for a particular Kent school may not appeal for a place at the same school within the academic year unless they can show there has been a signi�cant and material change in their circumstances since the appeal.If you have not been able to get a place at any of the schools you named on the SCAF and you are still not happy with the place you have been o�ered, you can apply direct to Kent secondary schools after 22 April.

22


If you require any assistence with making an application, the LA will assist you with this and contact the school on your behalf, where required.

If you live outside Kent you should contact your home authority for information about how to apply for other schools. If you cannot be offered a place, you will have the opportunity to appeal and to ask for your child’s name to be added to the school’s waiting list. Children who join a waiting list after 22 April are ranked according to the school’s published oversubscription criteria, not according to when they applied.

How to Appeal if your child has a Statement of Special Educational Need

If you are not happy with the school named on your child’s Final Amended Statement, you can appeal to the SEN and Disability Tribunal within two months of the issue of the Final Statement. This also applies if the school you want is a grammar school, and the Final Amended Statement names a non-selective school.

We will always try to resolve any issues or difference of opinion over the content of your child’s Statement or the secondary school named in it through conciliation or mediation. These are informal processes which will not in any way prejudice your right of appeal to the Tribunal, and they can continue while your appeal case is being prepared. You can contact the SEN and Disability Tribunal by writing to:

First Tier TribunalSpecial Educational Needs and Disability Health, Education and Social Care ChamberMowden HallStaindrop RoadDARLINGTONDL3 9BG

Telephone: 01325 392760Fax: 01325 391080or by e-mailing: [email protected]: www.justice.gov.uk/tribunals/send

You also need to read the section headed “If Your Child has a Disability”, at the end of this booklet, page 34. Equality legislation is there to ensure that an admission authority does not discriminate against a child on the grounds of a disability in its arrangements for admission to a school.

20. Some of your questions answered

If you live in Kent

How can I apply for a secondary school?

You can apply online from our website, www.kent.gov.uk/ola or you can complete a paper copy of the Secondary Common Application Form, which you can get from your child’s primary school or from the Admissions Team (see contact details on page 3).

Can I apply for a school in another Local Authority’s area?

You can apply for schools in another Local Authority’s area, but you must name the school(s) on Kent’s Secondary Common Application Form and we will pass the details to the Local Authority concerned. You must not �ll in another Local Authority’s application form if your child is resident in the Kent County Council area.

What if I miss the October deadline?

It is very important that we get your Secondary Common Application Form by the deadline so that we have time to complete all the processes required to make sure everyone who has applied for a school place can be o�ered one on 2 March 2015. Applications which are received too late cannot be considered with those received on time - we will try to meet your preferences after we have dealt with the rest.


23

The schools I’m applying for are responsible for their own admissions. Do I still need to use the Kent Secondary Common Application Form?

YES. Because the Council co-ordinates the o�ers of all places at maintained schools and academies, your application can only be considered if you have applied online or by �lling in a SCAF as well as any extra forms asked for by schools or academies. The only exception would be if your only preferred school was a new school which had opened too recently to be included in the co-ordinated admission scheme for 2015.

Why should I list more than one school or academy on my form?

Under the admissions scheme, we can only consider your child for admission to a school named on your Secondary Common Application Form. Naming only one school will not strengthen your initial claim on a place - if your child isn’t eligible for a place there, the fact that it’s the only school you named won’t make any di�erence. If your child is eligible for a place there, and you have named it as the �rst of four preferences, you will automatically be o�ered a place there on 2 March. If you only name one school and we cannot o�er a place there, we have to allocate you another school place when we have processed all other applications. There may well be schools you might have preferred, which we could have o�ered if you had named them, but unless they are listed on the SCAF we can’t take account of that.

What is the point of going to open events when I already know which schools are the best?

You can best decide how well a school might suit your child by going to see it for yourself. That way you are not relying on rumour that is often incorrect or out of date.

What if I have moved or I am moving home?

If you can provide proof of your new address (eg a letter con�rming exchange of contracts and a completion date) when you submit your Secondary Common Application Form, we will take that information into consideration in deciding on allocation of places. Otherwise we make

decisions based on the last con�rmed address we hold for your child.

What if my situation changes after I have completed the Secondary Common Application Form?

Please contact the Admissions Team (see contact details on page 3) who will be able to give you individual advice.

I want a Kent grammar school, but I did not register my child for testing by the closing date. What can I do now?

If you have not registered by now your child will not be able to take the tests in September, and you will not get an assessment decision before you complete the SCAF. If you name one or more grammar schools on the SCAF when your child has not been assessed those schools will have to turn down your application, but you will still have the same right as everyone else to make an appeal to an Independent Appeal Panel.

If you don’t live in Kent:

What should I do if I want a Kent School?

If you live outside Kent but would like to send your child to a school in the county you must name the Kent school on your home Local Authority’s Secondary Common Application Form and they will send to us details of your application.

How do you process applications from UK Service Personnel and Crown Servants?

The School Admissions Code makes special provisions for UK Service Personnel and Crown Servants. Contact a member of the Secondary Admissions team for advice.

If you have other questions about the secondary transfer process, or want some help, please contact the Secondary Admissions Team.

24


21. Late Applications and In Year Admissions

All secondary schools except grammar schools

This booklet mainly o�ers advice on applying by 31 October 2014 to start Year 7 at a secondary school in September 2015. Applications received after 22 April are late applications. The LA is required to coordinate these up until the start of the new term in September. In most circumstances schools are best placed to receive applications and o�er places without delay, so Kent empowers schools to make direct o�ers on it’s behalf where parents make applications direct to them. Schools will then inform the LA where an o�er has been made or an application has been refused. The LA will monitor this as part of its coordination duties and will remain on hand to assist parents at any stage should they need help in securing a school place.

Year 7 applications received after the start of term are called In Year admissions.

In Year applications for Kent school places should be made direct to schools, using a separate copy of Kent County Council’s single In Year Casual Application Form (IYCAF) for each child and each school applied

Kent schools will let you know in writing whether they can o�er a place and will inform Kent County Council about the application and whether an o�er has been made.

Schools which do not require children to take any entry tests will normally be expected to tell parents within 5 school days of receiving the application whether they can o�er a place.

If a school you apply for cannot o�er you a place, the letter telling you this should explain how to appeal and how to put your child’s name on the school’s waiting list. (A grammar school can only put children on its waiting list if they have been assessed suitable for grammar school)

In Year Admission to a grammar school

If you arrive in Kent after the 11+ tests and want a Year 7 place at a grammar school, your child will need to be assessed. This can be arranged through the grammar school you are applying for. Until the end of the �rst term in the school year, all grammar schools will use the Kent test, so one set of tests will give you an assessment which is valid for any grammar school in the Kent LA area.

If your child has not already been tested and you are looking for a Year 7 place after the �rst term in the school year, or a place in a di�erent year group, the grammar school will use its own assessment process. If you apply for more than one grammar school your child will need to take a di�erent test for each grammar school you apply for.

If you have applied In Year but cannot find aschool place

If you are a Kent resident who has applied to your preferred schools but been unable to secure a place you can contact Kent County Council’s In Year Admissions Team, who will let you know of any other schools which have places so that you can apply direct to these schools. If there are no places available and your child is out of school, the application may be referred to a local panel under the Fair Access Protocol (FAP), to decide which school can admit them. If your child is already attending a school in the local area, no alternative place will be o�ered.

If you want to apply in year for a place at a school located in another Local Authority’s area, please contact the admissions team for further information.

You can obtain information about the process and copies of the IYCAF from the Kent County Council website or from any Kent school. Enquiries can also be made by e-mail to [email protected] or by ringing 03000 41 21 21 and asking for the In-Year Admissions Team.


25

22. Transport

You can apply for any school and we will try to o�er you the place that you want, but as the admission criteria for schools are separate from the criteria for assistance with home to school transport you will not automatically receive transport assistance to any school that o�ers you a place.

As a general rule, your child will get free home to school transport if the secondary school they will be attending is:

• the “nearest appropriate school” for transport purposes, and is more than three miles from home using the shortest available walking route.

Nearest Appropriate School

The school de�ned as your nearest appropriate school for transport purposes will be the school closest to your home which is suitable for your child’s age (ie: a primary or secondary school) and ability (ie: a mainstream school or a Special school for pupils with Statements of Special Educational Needs). You will not normally receive transport assistance to a di�erent school unless you applied to your child’s nearest school but were refused a place.

If transport is likely to be a factor in your school choice you will need to consider carefully what options are available to you. You can �nd your nearest schools by clicking “Choosing a School” and then clicking under “Find a School” on the KCC website.

If you wish to express a preference for a school which is not your nearest and is not within walking or cycling distance, you should explore your transport options before making your mind up as transport assistance will not be automatically provided to any school which may o�er you a place. There are helpful links from the Kent County Council website www.kent.gov.uk to public bus service information. Young Person’s Travel Pass can be used on all registered public bus routes and further information about this pass is on page 28.

Walking Distances and Routes

If you are not sure about the walking distance to your nearest school you will be able to get an estimated distance using Google Maps www.maps.google.co.uk This site will allow you to put in your home address and that of the school and provide you with an estimated walking route distance. (From the home page click on ‘Get Directions’ then put in the home and school address information – remember to click on the picture of the ‘walking person’ and not the ‘motor car’ to ensure you get a walking route distance!)

Please note Kent County Council has speci�c software it uses when measuring distances for transport purposes and will also assess walking routes for safety.

However, the Transport Team will not be able to advise you of the exact measurement or which school is your nearest over the telephone due to the large number of applications received and their need to prioritise assessing them.

The google map site is for estimated distance information only – eligibility for transport can only be con�rmed following the assessment of an application by the home to school transport team.

Eligibility

Assessment for eligibility for free transport to the nearest appropriate school does not normally take account of parents’ preference for a single-sex or mixed school, a particular type of school like a grammar school or a school with a specialism.Distance from home to school is measured by the shortest available walking route. This does take into account public footpaths. The shortest available route is one along which a child, accompanied as necessary, can walk with reasonable safety to school.

Should the child change schools or home address, parents must advise the Transport Team (or SEN Case Worker if they have a Statement of Special Educational Needs) as soon as possible as the child’s eligibility to receive transport will need to be reassessed. Please allow

26


10 days for these arrangements to be made.Free transport usually means your child will get a season ticket (pass) for public transport, or a seat on a bus/vehicle hired by Kent County Council. As we provide transport for so many children, we can’t o�er parents their choice of route or vehicle.

If you do not name your nearest appropriate school for transport purposes on your Secondary Common Application Form you will not normally get free transport. If you do name it, but you can’t get a place there, and we o�er you a school you ranked below it, you may get help with transport to the school you have been o�ered provided this is the nearest school to your home address.

If your child cannot be o�ered a place at any of the schools you have named on your Secondary Common Application Form, and is o�ered a place at another school by Kent County Council, you will not automatically get free transport to that school if you did not name your nearest school for transport purposes amongst your original preferences.

Foundation schools and academies are treated in the same way as other schools for transport purposes.

For more information on whether or not your child will receive transport assistance visit www.kent.gov.uk

Kent County Council does not routinely provide discretionary transport assistance to grammar schools or denominational (faith) schools. If you have an older child who receives discretionary transport assistance to a particular school, a younger sibling attending the samegrammar or faith school may not get it. This is because the policy changed back in 2011, however some learners will be eligible until they leave school or change address. There are exceptions for some children in the care of Kent County Council and some from low income families.

The o�er of a grammar school place does not guarantee that transport will be provided to that school if there is another mainstream school or academy closer to your home. If the secondary school nearest your home is a grammar school it will only be counted as your nearest school for transport purposes if your child has

a grammar school assessment, because it can only take children who have been assessed suitable for a grammar school.

The LA have instead invested in the Young Persons Travel Pass (see page 28) which provides a facility for all Kent school age learners.

Low Income Families

To qualify to receive transport assistance under the low income criteria, your child must be entitled to receive free school meals or you must be in receipt of one of the bene�ts listed below:

• Income support• Income base jobseekers allowance• Child Tax Credit ( TC602 for the current year with a yearly

income of no more than 16,190)• Guaranteed element of state pension credit• Income related and support allowance

If a child is aged between 11 and 16 and the family receives one of the bene�ts listed, they can be given transport assistance if:

• they attend one of the three nearest schools to their home and it is between 2 and 6 miles from the home

OR

• the school has been selected on the basis of the parent’s stated religion or belief, is the nearest school of that type to the child’s home and is between 2 and 15 miles from the home.

NB: The parent must demonstrate to Kent County Council’s satisfaction that the request is based on the requirements of their religion and that they do adhere to that religion, or that they hold the belief in question and that belief is materially relevant to the school chosen for their child. Where parents declare that they are practising members of a religion or faith Kent County Council will require evidence of this, including where appropriate signature of the application form by the relevant religious representative.Proof of receipt of the maximum Working Tax Credit is


27

asked for and this is usually the form TC602, which is sent to you by HM Revenue & Customs. For a child who is entitled to free school meals the proof will be a letter from Kent County Council’s Awards Department.

Additional information can be found within the Home to School Transport booklet, which also contains the application form. These will be obtainable from primary schools and from the Transport Team at Sessions House or can be downloaded from www.kent.gov.uk/schooltransport

Children aged 11-16 who meet these conditions (ie: if they are in the care of Kent County Council, or their family receives one of the bene�ts listed above, or they are entitled to free school meals) will have transport funded to their nearest grammar school, assuming that:

• they have met the entry requirements of the grammar school and been o�ered a place there

• it is the nearest grammar school to their home and is between 2 and 15 miles away

If they quali�ed for and applied to their nearest grammar school but could not get a place there because it was oversubscribed, transport will be provided to the next nearest grammar school able to o�er a place, provided it is between 2 and 15 miles from their home.

Transport o�ered on these grounds will be reviewed annually. The transport team must be advised of any changes to the family’s or child’s circumstances as soon as possible, in order to reassess the child’s eligibility for transport assistance.

Children with a Statement of Special Educational Need

The eligibility criteria above will also apply to children with a Statement of Special Educational Need who are transferring from a mainstream primary school to a mainstream secondary school. In exceptional cases Kent County Council may provide transport assistance to a Statemented child who does not meet the eligibility criteria if it is justi�ed in the light of that child’s special

educational needs (eg: mobility or medical requirements). In cases such as these, evidence from your GP, consultant or SEN case o�cer must be sent with the application to support a request for transport assistance. Transport assistance is not provided as a substitute for parents or carers who cannot accompany their child to school for other reasons. When naming a school in a Statement Kent County Council has a duty to comply, where possible, with parental preference, but it is not obliged to provide free transport if the school requested is not the closest one which can meet a child’s needs. There are, however, special arrangements to help children from low income families (see page 29).

If your child has a Statement and you want to know more about eligibility for transport assistance you should contact the Home to School Transport team on 03000 41 21 21.

Applying for Home to School Transport

Home to School Transport information booklets, which include the application forms will be available from primary and secondary schools and from the Transport Team from April 2015. Please remember to include two passport-sized photographs of the child, as we may not be able to process your application without these. The forms must be returned to the team no later than 31 July 2015 to ensure that your child will have a pass for the �rst day of term. If we do not receive your form by this date, we cannot guarantee your child’s pass for the �rst day of term and you will have to make your own arrangements to get your child to and from school. We will not refund the cost of any transport that you have to arrange until the pass is issued.

On the �rst day of term, your child should carry the letter that con�rms their transport has been granted in case the driver of the vehicle asks to see it. The passes will be sent to your child’s school for the �rst day of term for distribution by the school. Please ensure that your child boards the correct vehicle.

You should download and complete the appropriate Home to School Transport application form which you can �nd at www.kent.gov.uk/schooltransport, and send it to the Transport Team at:

28


Room 2.24Sessions HouseCounty HallMaidstone Kent ME14 1XQ

If you do not have internet access you can get a paper copy of the form from your child’s school or by ringing 03000 41 21 21.

If you believe there are exceptional circumstances in your case which mean that Kent County Council should use its discretionary power to provide free or subsidised transport regardless of the law and the Council’s published policy, you should explain these clearly when you make your application.

Transport Appeals

If you think we’ve made a mistake in refusing transport assistance, you can ask for your application to be reviewed by the Transport Team. Once we have reassessed the application, we will write to let you know whether the original decision is correct or can be changed so that your child will get free home to school transport. If the decision cannot be changed and you are still dissatis�ed because you believe that you have extenuating circumstances, you can ask for your case to be considered by members of the Regulation Committee Appeal Panel.

The Regulation Committee Appeal Panel will consider your case if -

(a) you believe that you are entitled to free transport in accordance with the law and/or Kent County Council’s policy or that Kent County Council has made an error in rejecting your application; or

(b) you believe that there are exceptional circumstances in your case that mean that Kent County Council should use its discretionary power to provide free or subsidised transport regardless of the law or the Council’s published policy.

If you wish to do so, you will be entitled to attend the hearing in person and to put your case to the Panel at

County Hall, Maidstone. Panel members should have all the correspondence in front of them when they consider your appeal and any further papers or details of the procedure will be provided to you beforehand.Attendance at this hearing is not compulsory and you may prefer to ask your Local County Member to either accompany you or to speak on your behalf. To �nd details of your Local County Member go to www.kent.gov.uk

A copy of the appeals procedure is available from the Transport Team on 03000 41 21 21 and can be downloaded by following the links at www.kent.gov.uk/schooltransport

You can make your appeal by writing to the address below or emailing [email protected], advising the o�ce if your Local County Member will be representing you or if you will be putting your case in person.

Transport Appeals TeamRoom 1.99, Sessions HouseCounty HallMaidstoneKent ME14 1XQ

There is no further stage of appeal once your case has been heard by the Regulation Committee Appeal Panel, but you can object to the Local Government Ombudsman if you feel that the appeal hearing itself was not administered correctly.

Other Transport Options

Young Person’s Travel Pass

If you’re not entitled to free transport to school or want greater �exibility than Home to School transport you may wish to consider a Young Person’s Travel Pass. The Young Person’s Travel Pass enables young people in academic years 7-11 who live in Kent to travel free on virtually all public buses in the county, from 06.00-19.00 , Monday to Friday, 1st September to 31st July, generally for a fee of £200 per year or £100 for a half year pass. A small number of bespoke bus services to schools apply an additional charge. The Young Person’s Travel Pass scheme gives


29

young people the independence to travel to and from school. Full details and terms and conditions, including a list of participating bus operators, are provided at www.kent.gov/youngpersonstravelpass

To apply, students must be:

• Attending a school or other educational provision (inside or outside Kent) recognised by the scheme.

• In academic years 7-11 in September 2014 (students who would be in year 11 but have been put forward to year 12 are also eligible).

• A resident of Kent (ie: paying Council Tax to a Kent district council for Kent County Council services).

Reduced charges apply for children in receipt of Free School Meals. Young Carers, Kent County Council’s Young People in Care and Kent County Council’s Care Leavers are generally exempt from charges, but please check the website for clari�cation.

If you are applying for a Young Person’s Travel Pass and do not qualify for a reduced fee, then you can do this online at www.kent.gov/youngpersonstravelpass

Alternatively you can print the application form from the website and apply via the post. Application forms should be returned to the address printed on the form, along with payment and a clear passport-sized photo.

The Young Person’s Travel Pass does not a�ect your child’s entitlement to free home to school transport, and you can apply for both. If your child already receives free home to school transport and you have changed your address since you applied, please let the Transport Team know. Otherwise, it is likely that your application for a Young Person’s Travel Pass will be delayed while your entitlement is reconsidered.

The Young Person’s Travel Pass is not valid on hired school coaches or trains. If your child loses their Young Person’s Travel Pass you will be charged £10 for a replacement.

If you have any questions which are not answered by the information provided on the website you can [email protected]

Vacant seat Payment Scheme (VSPS)

Children who do not qualify for free transport because they live less than two/three miles from school or because they are not attending their nearest school can apply for a vacant seat on a hired school vehicle.

The 2015/2016 charge for this is £165 per term for each pupil (subject to change). Transport Integration (telephone 0300 333 6475) can give you more information. A vacant seat o�ered under this scheme may have to be withdrawn at a later date if the place is needed for a pupil who is entitled to free transport, if the vehicle is no longer needed for pupils entitled to free transport or if it is decided to run a smaller vehicle.

Parents should also note that these seats cannot be allocated until all entitled pupils have been processed and are issued on a �rst come, �rst served basis. This does mean it can take several weeks after the start of term before a pass is issued. During this time, parents are responsible for making their own travel arrangements.Home to School Information Booklet 2015/2016 and Application Form Further details about travel regulations and how to apply can be found in the booklet ‘Home to School Transport’. You can get this, together with an application form, by ringing the contact centre on 03000 41 21 21. They can also put you through to the transport team if you need more advice. Alternatively, this booklet and form can be downloaded from www.kent.gov.uk/schooltransport

23. Travel to school or college for students aged 16-19

The Kent 16+ Travel Scheme – Passes valid from September 2014 ACADEMIC Year

Students attending Yr 12 at a secondary school or attending a college must apply directly to their school or college for a Kent 16+ Travel Card. To be eligible for the Card, a student must be a resident in Kent and attend a participating school, college or work based learning provider. If the school, college, or work based learning provider is outside Kent but you live within Kent, you can still apply.

30


The Kent 16+ Travel Card will not entitle you to travel on a particular service or guarantee a space or seat and any problems with the availability of bus services in your area should be directed to the relevant bus operator.

The main conditions of the Kent 16+ Travel Scheme are outlined below. More details are available in the scheme Information Lea�et and Terms and Conditions available on the website.

• Passes are available to young people living in Kent and attending colleges and apprenticeships in England, aged 16 – 19.

• The pass has a photo and is charged at £400 Aged 16 - 19

• There may be some eligibility for reduced fees, however this is at the discretion of the colleges or workplaces, who administer the scheme.

• Colleges and workplaces (for apprenticeships) issue the application forms and the fee is paid to them. The applications are then sent to KCC. KCC do not accept applications sent directly to them.

• The fee for the pass is £400 from the start of the academic year. Thereafter the pass is charged at the following rates:

A card valid for the start of Term 1 (3rd September 2014) £400

A card valid for the start of Term 2 (3rd November 2014) £340

A card valid for the start of Term 3 (5th January 2015) £280

A card valid for the start of Term 4 (23rd February 2015) £210

A card valid for the start of Term 5 (20th April 2015) £140

A card valid for the start of Term 6 (1st June 2015) £70

• Passes enable free travel on all registered local bus services starting in Kent and continuing outside of the county to the destination of the service. The return journey is also valid. A very small number of services are

excluded for operational reasons. These are listed on the Kent 16+ website.

• Passes can be used all day, every day with no limit on the number of journeys.

• Passes may enable free or subsidised travel on some additional registered ‘special’ school bus services listed on the Kent 16+ website.

• Passes are valid on the Romney Hythe and Dymchurch Railway. Passes are not valid on national rail services

• One replacement pass is issued at a cost of £10 and any smartcards which do not record electronically, for whatever reason, must be replaced. Subject to agreement with bus operators, further replacements can be also obtained at a cost of £10 and thereafter passes are charged at the appropriate annual pass charge. These charges apply at any time in the year and all passes expire on 31 August 2015.

• Ordinarily there is a 28 working day turn around on receipt of a valid pass application. Applicants must check for cut o� dates for issue of new academic year pass applications.

For further information on the Kent 16+ Travel Card please go to the following website: www.kent.gov.uk/post16travel

Tackling the School Run

A range of options is available to get your child to school. Kent County Council is committed to reducing the impact of the school run and the negative e�ect this can have on the environment and Kent. Please consider engaging in one of the schemes Kent County Council is promoting to reduce the impact of the school run. These are outlined in the following sections.


31

School Travel Plans

Kent schools have been very successful at producing Travel Plans to encourage sustainable travel to schools. Over 94% of Kent schools now have a plan so you may wish to contact the headteacher of your school to �nd out about their actions for encouraging sustainable travel. You can also view the plan and other Safer Travel to School information via the Kent School Database www.kent.gov.uk/schooltravelplans

Car Sharing and Buddy Schemes

You can cut the cost and time involved in the school-run by sharing with friends and neighbours. You can �nd out more about sharing cars in Kent on the website www.kentjourneyshare.com or ask your chosen school if they can match you with parents travelling from the same area.

Cycling to School

Kent County Council is actively improving cycle routes across the county. You can �nd information about routes and how to get cycling at www.kent.gov.uk/cycling

Walking to School

Kent County Council works closely with the KM Walk to School Team to promote walking to school. To �nd out more about walking buses, Walk on Wednesday (WOW) and The Walking Bug (both part of the KM Green Footsteps Challenge), visit www.kmwalktoschool.co.uk

Using Local Bus and Train Services

A range of search tools are available to help you �nd out all you need to know about public transport services which can use to get you to your school, or you may like to go to www.11-19travel.info/

You can also �nd out whether you are eligible for the Kent Young persons travel card www.kent.gov/youngpersonstravelpass

24. General information

School Fund

There is no charge or cost for admission to a maintained school, and nothing published in a school’s own prospectus or said at an open evening about contributing to the School Fund should put you o� applying for a place. Most schools operate a School Fund to help them pay for extra activities and equipment which cannot be provided from the school’s own budget, and they invite parents to contribute to it if their child takes up a place there. Contributing to a school fund is entirely voluntary.

School Meals Most secondary schools have cash cafeteria arrangements, where pupils can choose what they want to buy. A main meal will typically cost between £2.20 - £2.60 (subject to change). However, this depends on suppliers and the meal choices available.

Free school meals are available for:

• children from families who can prove that they receive Income Support, Income Based Job Seeker’s Allowance or the guaranteed element of Pension Credit

• children from families who receive Child Tax Credit, provided they do not receive Working Tax Credit and have an annual income (as assessed by HM Revenue and Customs) which does not exceed £16,190 (Subject to change under the proposed government universal credit changes. Further details are available at www.gov.uk/universal-credit/overview)

• the children of Asylum Seekers who are supported under part IV of the Immigration and Asylum Act 1999 and can provide appropriate documentation from the National Asylum Support Services.

For further information or advice, ring the contact centre (03000 41 21 21) and ask them to put you through to your local Awards Team.

32


Religious Education and Collective Worship

The law requires community, foundation and voluntary controlled schools and Academies which do not have a religious character to provide religious education that ful�ls the requirements of a local agreed syllabus. The syllabus will re�ect the fact that the religious traditions in Britain are mainly Christian, whilst taking into account the teaching and practices of other principal religions represented in Britain. Voluntary aided schools and Academies with a religious character normally follow a syllabus which re�ects their religious designation.

Religious education is intended for all pupils, but parents do have the right to withdraw their child from all or part of RE. If you think you may wish to do this, you are encouraged to discuss the Religious Education provision in the school with the headteacher.

Collective Worship

Taking each school term as a whole, the majority of acts of collective worship in schools and academies that do not have a religious character will be wholly or mainly of a broadly Christian character.

Voluntary aided and voluntary controlled schools and academies with a religious character must deliver collective worship in line with their trust deeds, articles of government or funding agreement. For example, if the school is a Church of England or Roman Catholic school, the worship must be Christian and should re�ect the denomination of the school.

Like Religious Education, collective worship is intended for all pupils, but parents do have the right to withdraw their child from it. You may want to �nd out more about collective worship in the school before you make a decision.

Maintaining Good Behaviour

All our schools encourage a high standard of behaviour from pupils, both in and out of the classroom. We believe that education is very much about passing on the values

of courtesy, consideration for others, tolerance and understanding.Self-discipline is what we are looking for in our pupils. We want them to have pride in themselves and in how others see them.

Parents are encouraged to help develop responsible attitudes in their children and the county’s schools are encouraged to maintain a close partnership with parents.

Each school has its own discipline or behaviour policy which lays down the ground rules for behaviour inside schools and whilst pupils represent the school. The policy will detail what solutions the headteacher and governors will consider in case of misbehaviour.

25. Choices after 16

If you are in year 10 or 11 at school you will need to think about what you’d like to do next. You have some important choices to make and there are lots of options available to you. The choices you make now will a�ect the university courses or types of jobs you can apply for later.

www.kent choices4u.com is a website containing information to help 14 to 19 year olds make the right choices for further education. The website acts as an online prospectus, and lists all schools, colleges and work-based learning providers across the county and the courses, learning and training they o�er. By accessing the website you can gain access to over 1,000 learning and training opportunities.

You can search the website using three categories. You can browse courses by subject, by provider, or by using a keyword search. These will help you access the information you are looking for more quickly than browsing the entire prospectus.


33

26. Your guide to Data Protection

The Data Protection Act 1998 gives rights to you, our customers, about how your personal information is obtained and used by Kent County Council. The Act also places obligations on Kent County Council. This guide informs you of your rights under the Data Protection Act and details how we handle your information.

What information do we hold and how do we obtain it?

Generally, we receive information about you from one or more of the following sources:

• The primary school your child attends.• Kent County Council Admission Application Forms you

complete and send to us.

For what purpose do we use your information?

We use your information for one or a number of purposes, which are outlined below:

• The information will be used to allocate your child a place at a school.

• Information will be passed to schools and possibly the Department of Education and other o�cers in the County Council for the purposes of strategic planning and policy development.

Caring for your data

We undertake that we will have in place a level of security appropriate to the nature of the data and the harm that might result from a breach of security. This means we will look after your data properly. We further undertake that we will:

• Not hold information about you that is excessive in relation to the purpose for which it is processed

• Keep any information about you accurate and where necessary up-to-date. To help us to do this, please keep us informed if any of your details change.

• Not keep data processed for any purpose or purposes longer than necessary.

• Process your information in accordance with your rights under the Data Protection Act.

• Not share your information with other people or organisation unless it is required by law or with your consent.

Your rights

You have certain rights under the Data Protection Act 1998 in relation to the information we hold about you. These rights include the following:

• Access to your personal data. You may request in writing to the address below, details of the information that we hold about you and the purpose(s) for which it is held. Your request should be met within 40 calendar days of receiving the request, or, if later, on receipt of any supplementary information needed to establish your relationship with the authority or to verify your identity. You will be asked to complete a form and may have to pay a fee.

• Right to prevent processing that is likely to cause damage or distress to you or anyone else. You also have the right to claim compensation for damage and distress caused by someone breaking the conditions of the Act.

• Right to take action to correct, block, erase or destroy data that is inaccurate or contains opinions that are based on inaccurate data.28

• Right to require us to ensure that no decision taken by or on behalf of us and which signi�cantly a�ects you is based solely on the automated processing of information.

• Right to prevent processing for direct marketing purposes. Direct marketing means the communication of any advertising or marketing material which is directed to you.

If you wish to know more, or have any concerns about how your information is used, please contact our information Resilience and Transparency Team at [email protected]

34


Contact Details

General information about the Data Protection Act and your rights can be found on the information Commissioners website at the following link:www.ico.org.uk

Or you can write to:

The Information Commissioner’s O�ceWycli�e HouseWater LaneWilmslowCheshire, SK9 5AF

Telephone: 01625 545700 (switchboard)Email: [email protected]

27 If Your Child has a Disability

Some children may have a disability within the meaning of the Equality Act 2010. It is unlawful for a school in relation to certain activities to treat a disabled child less favourably than a non disabled child, without justi�cation. The activities where a school must take care not to discriminate unfairly concern admissions, exclusions, and the provision of education and related services. A school must make reasonable adjustments to ensure that it does not treat a disabled child less favourably although reasonable adjustments do not extend to physical adaptations or the provision of equipment. A school is able to justify its actions where it can demonstrate thatthe adjustments required are unreasonable.

A disability is de�ned as a physical or mental impairment that has a substantial and long term adverse e�ect on the person’s ability to carry out day to day activities. There will be some children who have Statements of SEN who do not �t this de�nition but, equally, there will be children who do not have Statements of SEN who are considered to have a disability.

If you think that your child has been discriminated against on the grounds of a disability in relation to the

arrangements made for his or her admission, you may have a right of appeal. Advice is provided in the booklet ‘Disability Discrimination in Schools. How to Make a Claim’. You can obtain a copy of this booklet by post from:

Special Educational Needs and DisabilityMowden HallStaindrop RoadDarlington, DL3 9BG

Or by telephoning: 01325 392760 (from 9.00am to 5.00pm Monday to Friday)

Or by faxing: 01325 391 080Or by emailing: [email protected]

The Area SEN O�ces have a limited supply of these booklets that they send to parents/carers of children with Statements.

Other Local Authorities

London Borough of Bexley (LA No: 303) Education DepartmentCivic O�ces2 Watling StreetBexley heathKent DA6 7ATTel: 020 8303 [email protected]

Medway Council (LA No: 887)Children’s ServicesGun Wharf, Dock RoadChathamME4 4TRTel: 01634 [email protected]


35

East Sussex County Council (LA No: 845) Education Department County HallSt Anne’s CrescentLewes BN7 1SGTel: 0345 608 [email protected]

Surrey County Council (LA No: 936)County Hall Penrhyn RoadKingston-upon-ThamesSurrey KT1 2DNTel: 0300 200 [email protected]

London Borough of Bromley (LA No: 305)Education Department Stockwell Close The Civic Centre Bromley BR1 3UH Tel: 020 8464 3333 [email protected]

West Sussex County Council (LA No: 938)Pupil Admission TeamAdults & ChildrenCounty Hall NorthChartway, HorshamWest Sussex RH12 1XATel: 01243 [email protected]

36


36

The Schools


37

To access general information about the school, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website.

Open Sessions:Open Evening:Wednesday 24th September 2014, 6.00 pm - 9.00 pm

Open Mornings:Friday 26th September, Wednesday 1st October, Monday 6th October 2014, 9.00 am -10.45 am.

Over-subscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part V of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother and sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

c) Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.

d) Distance – we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. The school uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA. A more detailed de�nition of what constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the

The Abbey SchoolLondon Road, Faversham, ME13 8RZTel: 01795 532633 Fax: 01795 539931E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs Catrin Woodend

Admissions Contact Name: Jill George

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed

Age Range: 11-19 Day Pupils

Specialisms: Business & Enterprise

Published Admission No: 210 LA No: 886 DFE No: 4242

Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: 279

Number of places o�ered 3 March 2014: 194

Expected number on roll: 1000

38


measurement for �ats will be calculated is also contained in the LA Admissions Booklets.

In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider.If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:

a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; orb. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.

Supplementary Form Required: NOWaiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

Sixth Form Admission arrangementsThe Abbey School has a mixed 6th Form. All students in Year 11 are eligible to apply for a place in the 6th Form subject to entry requirements for courses. Applications from external students are welcomed. The arrangements for admission to the Football Academy are outlined on the school’s website.

The admission number for external candidates will be 50, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 150.

Admissions criteria are as follows:1) Availability of a suitable course.2) For admission to Level 3 courses (AS, A2, BTEC), 5 A* to C GCSE Grades are normally required.3) For admission to Level 2 courses, 5 A* to G are normally required.4) Some courses of study have particular subject requirements (see Prospectus).5) All external students are invited for a learner discussion and Football Academy applicants have to undertake a football trial.

Over-SubscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:

O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of June 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.

Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.

Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria.

TransportPlease note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport


39


Open Sessions: Thursday 16th or Wednesday 22nd October from 6.30pmDate of Entrance Test: Saturday 22nd November 2014

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

Category A places will be o�ered �rst, followed by the reserved places. All other places will be o�ered according to the criteria B – G.

a) Highest priority will be given to children in Local Authority Care, that is, a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption of Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

b) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging to Churches Together in England and Wales, at the heart of the church. The de�nition of this is one or both parents or carers and/or the child worshipping regularly at a church (by which is meant at least three times per month on average) and who have done so for at least three years up to the time of application. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school and then within each group (those with a sibling and those without a sibling at the school) applicants will be ranked by distance from home to the school.

c) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging to Churches Together in England and Wales, at the heart of the church. The de�nition of this is one or both parents or carers and/or the child worshipping regularly at a church (by which is meant at least three times per month on average) and who have done so for at least two years up to the time application. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school and then within each group (those with a sibling and those without a sibling at the school) applicants will be ranked by distance from home to the school.

d) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging to Churches Together in England and Wales, attached to the church. The de�nition of this is one or both parents or carers and/or the child worshipping at a church at least once per month on average and who have done so for at least three years up to the time of application. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school

The Archbishop’s SchoolSt Stephen’s Hill, Canterbury, CT2 7APTel: 01227 765805 Fax: 01227 768535E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr. M. Liddicoat

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs P Hart

Type of School: Secondary, Church of England,

Foundation, All Ability, Mixed


Specialisms: Humanities

Published Admission No: 140 LA No: 886 DFE No:5426




40


and then within each group (those with a sibling and those without a sibling at the school) applicants will be ranked by distance from home to the school.

e) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging to Churches Together in England and Wales, attached to the church. The de�nition of this is one or both parents or carers and/or the child worshipping at a church at least once per month on average and who have done so for at least two years up to the time of application. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school and then within each group (those with a sibling and those without a sibling at the school)applicants will be ranked by distance from home to the school.

f) Children from Anglican families, or churches belonging to Churches Together in England and Wales, who are known to the church. The de�nition of this is one or both parents or carers and/ or the child worshipping at a church on an occasional basis, less frequently than once per month, but at least three times per year and who have done so for at least three years up to the time of application. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at the school will be ranked above those without a sibling at the school and then within each group (those with a sibling and those without a sibling at the school) applicants will be ranked by distance from home to the school.

g) Any remaining places will be o�ered to those who have not ful�lled one of the above criteria will be o�ered taking account of the distance of the pupil’s home from home to the school.

Reserved placesAcademic ability and aptitude. Up to 21 places will be o�ered bases on general academic ability or aptitude as measured by a competitive entrance test. The places will be allocated to the highest performing students in this test.

Children from non-Christian backgrounds. Up to 5 o�ers will be made for children from non-Christian faith backgrounds who wish their child to bene�t from a Church of England education. To be considered for one of these places they will require a reference from their local religious leader stating that they are observant members of their faith and that they worship publically

with their faith on a regular basis according to the norms and customs of that faith. If more than 5 applications are received, those with siblings at the school will be given priority, with both groups (those with siblings and those without) ranked by distance from the pupil’s home to the school.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available from and returnable to the school.Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

Sixth Form Admission arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above and subject speci�c grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents as in prospectus.

The admission number for external candidates will be 20, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 100.

Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:

After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:


O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the


41

above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.



Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.

A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria.


42


To access general information about the College, including annual achievement and attainment tables, recent inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the College or visit the College’s website.

Open Sessions:Thursday 26 June 2014 6pm – 8pmTuesday 23 September 2014 6pm – 8pm


Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the age of 18 years for whom Kent County Council provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under PartIV of the Act.

Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those

siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social need means there is a demonstrable and signi�cant need for their child to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled school, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should begiven the place.

Astor College Astor Avenue, Dover, CT17 0ASTel: 01304 201151Fax: 01304 200152E-mail: [email protected]

Principal: Mr E Pallant

Admissions Contact Name: Ms P Powell/Miss C Graddon

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All ability, Mixed


Specialisms: Arts and Military






43

Supplementary Form Required: NOWaiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

Sixth Form Admission arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Students are required to �ll in an on-line application and a letter of application to the Principal. All students joining us will be asked to sign a Sixth Form Agreement. Entry to Advanced Level courses requires students to have �ve GCSEs at C or above or the equivalent quali�cations in �ve di�erent subjects. The student should also have achieved a Grade C or above in English Language.

Any students who have not achieved a Grade C or above in English Language and Mathematics, will be required to retake.


6th Form Open EveningWednesday 3 December 2014 7.30pm – 9pm

Over-subscriptionSee Oversubscription Criteria above







44



Open Sessions:Open Evening: 30 September 2014 Headteacher talks at 6.00 and 7.00pm.Open Days: Wednesday 1st October – 9am Tour Thursday 2nd October – 9am Tour Friday 3rd October – 9am Tour Wednesday 22nd October – 9am Tour

Oversubscription CriteriaAylesford School – Sports College Governors have adopted the same de�nition of terms as used by Kent County Council. Before the application of the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names Aylesford School – Sports College will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions criteria will be reduced accordingly.If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order:

Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As

de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

Current Family Association – A brother or sister attending Aylesford School - Sports College when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or stepsisters and foster brothers and sisters.

Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.

Distance – we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. The school uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets

Aylesford School - Sports CollegeTeapot Lane, Aylesford, Maidstone, ME20 7JUTel: 01622 717341Fax: 01622 580790E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr C J Guthrie

Admissions please contact Reception

Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Mixed


Specialisms: Sports and Science

Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DCSF No: 5410





45

provided by the LA. A more detailed de�nition of what constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the measurement for �ats will be calculated is also contained in the LA Admissions Booklets.

A pupil’s home address is considered to be the residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed the application form and which is either:

• owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR leased to or • rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.

If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place for the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

In a tie breaker situation the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider. If in the event more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school, as measured by the Local Authority, then a random selection will be applied.

After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:• when a parent has failed to respond to an offer within a reasonable time; or• when a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to application information; or• the admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.

Supplementary Form Required: NoWaiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Published Admission No: 180 (combined Year 12 and Year 13)Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to Level 3 Courses in the Sixth form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at Grade C or above including English and Maths. Additionally, English Literature, Maths, Chemistry and Biology require a B grade in those subjects in order to continue studying at AS/A2.


In the event of oversubscription the above criteria will apply.





A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria

TransportPlease note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home.

46


Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport


47


Open Sessions: Open Evenings: Thursday 2 October 2014 & Tuesday 21 October 2014, 6pm – 8pm (booking is advisable for Headteacher presentations)Open Mornings: Monday 20 October, Wednesday 22 October & Thursday 23 October 2014, 9am – 11am (no bookings required)

Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure.

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible pupils in the following priority order-

Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasonswill be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements

Barton Court Grammar SchoolLongport, Canterbury CT1 1PHTel: 01227 464600 Fax: 01227 781399E-mail: o�[email protected]

Headteacher: Ms Kirstin Cardus

Admissions Contact: Mr Richard Morgan

Type of school: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Mixed


Specialisms: Language College

Published Admission No:128 LA No: 886 DFE No:5444




48


provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated, including what is de�ned as permanent or main residence, is available in the “Admissions to Secondary School in Kent” booklet provided by the LA. If, in the event, more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied. In the event that the �nal place o�ered from the ranked list falls to a pupil of a multiple birth, the school will o�er a place to each of these children who have met the oversubscription criteria.

Appendix 1 – This relates to all oversubscription criteria.

Home AddressWe will accept as a pupil’s address the residential property that is the child’s only or main residence, not an address at which your child may sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic arrangements. It will be either:owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian; or leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.

Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of the child’s permanent residency at the property concerned. The Governing Body reserves the right to check information given on the application form. If any information given on the form is found to be incorrect, or if you fail to notify us of important changes in the information, the o�er of a school place can be withdrawn. We can only accept one current home address on the Secondary Common Application Form. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of nights in each week. The o�er of a place may be withdrawn if proof of residency is not met.

Supplementary Form Required: NO

Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Barton Court Grammar School is a mixed Sixth Form. The majority of our students in Year 11 continue with their studies into our school Sixth Form and priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. The number of additional Year

12 places available for students being admitted to the school for the �rst time: 60.

Admission to Year 12 will be as a result of applicants meeting the school entry requirements laid out below:

• at least seven subjects at grade B or above at GCSE; including a minimum of grade C at GCSE in English, mathematics and science.• the minimum entry requirements specified by the subjects of their choice

Admission to Year 13 will be as a result of students meeting the school entry requirements laid out below:

All students wishing to complete their IB study in year 13 will be expected to attain a minimum of 3 points in all six subject areas at the end-of-year exams for transition into Year 13. The Core areas of CAS, TOK and Extended Essay must be completed to a satisfactory level. All students wishing to complete their A Level study in Year 13 will be expected to attain a minimum of 4 D grades at AS.

The admission number for external candidates will be 60, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring in to Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 180.

Over-SubscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.


All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results. O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers


49

will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.


Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, Admissions, Barton Court Grammar School, Longport, Canterbury, CT1 1PH, 01227 464600




50



Open Sessions: Tuesday 23 SeptemberThursday 25 SeptemberWednesday 1 OctoberTours from 6pm scheduled to be completed in time for the Head’s presentation at 7.30pm. No booking required

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order –

a) Children in or who have ever been in public care

b) Children from Anglican families at the heart of the church. The de�nition of this is a child who has one or both parents worshipping regularly (by which is meant at least three times per month on average) in an Anglican church* and who have done so for at least three years** up to the time of application. It is also required that at least one parent is communicant, in other words takes part in Holy Communion services or the Eucharist, and that the child for whom they are applying is baptised***. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at Bennett in September of the year of admission will be

ranked before those without a sibling, and then within each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the school.

c) Children from non-Anglican Christian families at the heart of the church. The de�nition of this is a child who has one or both parents worshipping regularly (by which is meant at least three times per month on average) in any Christian church and who have done so for at least three years** up to the time of application. It is also normally expected that the child for whom they are applying is baptised***. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at Bennett in September of the year of admission will have priority, and then within each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the school.

d) Children from Anglican families attached to the church. The de�nition of this is a child who has at least one parent who attends an Anglican church* at least monthly, or takes part in one form of service to the church on at least a monthly basis, and who has sustained this pattern of commitment for at least two years**. It will also be required that the child is baptised***. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at Bennett in September of the year of admission will have priority, and then within each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the school.

e) Children from non-Anglican Christian families attached to the church. The de�nition of this is a child who has at least one parent who attends a non-Anglican Christian church at least monthly, or takes part in one form of service to the church on at least a monthly basis, and who has sustained this pattern of commitment for at least two years**. It will also be normally expected that

Bennett Memorial Diocesan SchoolCulverden Down, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9SHTel: 01892 521595Fax: 01892 514424E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr Ian Bauckham

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Katherine Wagsta�

Type of school: Secondary, Church of England, Academy, All Ability, Mixed


Specialisms: Ancient and Modern Languages and Technology






51

the child is baptised***. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at Bennett in September of the year of admission will have priority, and then within each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the school.

f) Children from Anglican and non-Anglican Christian families known to the church. The de�nition for this will be a child who has at least one parent who attends any Christian church on an occasional basis, less frequently than once a month, but at least as frequently as three times a year, or who takes part in a regular form of service to the church, less often than once a month but at least three times a year. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at Bennett in September of the year of admission will have priority, and then within each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the school.

g) Children from families with no church attendance. If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants with a sibling at Bennett in September of the year of admission will have priority, and then within each group applicants will be ranked by distance from the school.

Notes * Local Ecumenical Partnerships (LEPs) of which the Church of England is a member will be considered as Anglican churches for this purpose. ** if during this time the family has relocated, or changed the church at which they worship, supporting evidence from the previous church must be provided. *** or has been formally welcomed into the church community at a service or ceremony of thanksgiving or dedication. Documentary evidence will be required both for baptism and for any services of thanksgiving or dedication. A priest’s or minister’s letter will su�ce as evidence for a service of dedication if no formal certi�cate is available. (1) The number admitted under category B will not exceed 75% of the planned admissions number. Category B applications not admitted because of this cap will be re-ranked with category D applications. (2)Before the rank ordering by distance is applied within Category B, places will be allocated to applicants attending parishes located in each of the deaneries of Malling (12 places), Sevenoaks(18 places) and Shoreham (6 places), as de�ned by the Diocese of Rochester. If there are more applicant than deanery places, each will be rank ordered by distance from the school and the closest

o�ered places. If there are fewer applicants , the unused places revert to the overall allocation for this category. # Looked after children are de�ned as children under the age of 18 for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents or carers (Section 22 of the children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act

Reserved places Places will be reserved for two categories of applicant. These reserved places are considered before the application of the criteria B to F above. If all reserved places are not taken by applicants who meet the criteria for them, the surplus places revert to the main categories above.

1. Up to 5 places will be o�ered to children in exceptionally challenging personal or family circumstances. Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, including those under the Equality Act 2010. Those children with a mental or physical impairment which gives them a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend this particular school will qualify, as will children of parents with similar impairments. To qualify, claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner and the evidence will need to demonstrate a special connection between the needs of the child or parent and Bennett Memorial Diocesan School. If more than 5 such applications are received, they will be rank ordered by distance from the school and the closest 5 o�ered places.

2. Children from non-Christian faith backgrounds – up to 15 o�ers will be made for children from non-Christian faith backgrounds who wish their child to bene�t from a Church of England education. To be considered for one of these reserved places, they will require a reference from their local religious leader stating that they are observant members of their faith, and that they worship publicly with their faith community on a regular basis, according to the norms and customs of that faith. If more than 15 such applications are received, the 15 whose normal addresses are closest to the school will be o�ered places.

3. Priority will be given to children of sta� in the following circumstances: a) Where the member of sta� has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made, or

52


b) The member of sta� is recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

Distance Distance for the purposes of these criteria is measured between the child’s normal address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements provided by Kent LA and further information on this is available from booklets provided by Kent. In the unlikely event that there are two or more applications of equal eligibility for the last available place at the school a random selection will be applied.

Normal Address The child’s normal address is considered to be the residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed your application form.

Parents Wherever the term ‘parents’ or ‘parent’ is used in these criteria, it refers equally to carers or guardians.

Siblings Siblings throughout this document are de�ned as children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available and returnable to the school.

Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription.

Sixth Form Admission arrangementsThe numbers of external applications we receive vary from year to year. We exceed our minimum number if preferred courses of study are not oversubscribed and the external applicant has met the relevant entry requirements. For example in 2013 we admitted 26 external applicants. Internal applicants should apply by the date given in the current prospectus (the last day of term in December).

Applicants from other schools should endeavour to meet the same deadline to enable us to plan courses e�ectively.

Academic requirements • To begin AS courses you must have a minimum of a 5.0 average score at GCSE and at least a C grade in the subject you wish to study (but see below). To calculate your average, give each A* a value of 8 and number downwards, so a C is worth 5 and a G is worth 1. For some courses a higher threshold is required.

• If you wish to study Biology, Chemistry or Physics you will need to have achieved an average of 6.0 at GCSE and at least a B in Core and Additional Science at GCSE, or a B in at least 2 sciences if you took three separate science GCSEs.

• If you want to study French or German you will be expected to have achieved at least a B grade in that language at GCSE and an average of 6.0 GCSE overall.

• If you wish to study Mathematics you will need to have achieved an average of 6.0 at GCSE and at least a B grade is the threshold for acceptance onto the course.

• Subjects where it is not essential to have a GCSE in the same subject are Psychology, Information Communication Technology, History, Geography, Physical Education, Business Studies, Drama and Theatre Studies, Philosophy, Photography and Media Studies.

• There is no speci�c entry threshold for our GCSE equivalent course in the sixth form.

• Meeting the requirements of any course is no guarantee that the applicant will automatically be o�ered a place on his or her preferred courses.

We will require external applicants to provide copies of results slips before taking up places. Entry into year 13 for external applicants will depend on the courses required, availability of space in that group, the compatibility of di�erent speci�cations, and module results from year 12.

Oversubscription • Children in or have ever been in public care Looked after

children are de�ned as children under the age of 18 for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents or carers (Section 22 of the children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act

• Applications from internal candidates who meet the academic requirements are considered �rst.

• Where particular courses are heavily oversubscribed and we cannot for practical or resourcing reasons run parallel groups the places will be o�ered to those internal


53

candidates who have better grades at GCSE or subject speci�c requirements. This will form a major part of the guidance meeting referred to above to determine the most appropriate course for an individual.

We will o�er alternative courses to any student a�ected by this criterion.

• For external applications the remaining places available on a particular course will be o�ered to those who have better grades at GCSE or subject speci�c requirements.

• If applications which meet these criteria exceed the number that can be o�ered, applicants will be ranked by distance from the school. Distance for the purposes of these criteria is measured between the child’s normal address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. In the unlikely event that there are two or more applications of equal eligibility for the last available place at the school a random selection will be applied.

In the unlikely event that there are two or more applications of equal eligibility for the last available place at the school a random selection will be applied.

Where students have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Right to appeal If an application is refused there is a statutory right of appeal to the Independent School Appeals Panel. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school

Waiting list No waiting list is held for external applications to the sixth form. Applicants meeting the criteria who are not o�ered places because there is no space are advised to reapply later in the same year. If places are then available their applications may be successful.

*Note: At the time of publication a decision regarding the above arrangements was pending with the OSA. Please see the schools website for up to date information.


54



Open Sessions:October 2014: Tues 7th October: 6pm & Fri 10th October: 10am-11:30amYear 12 Open Evening: Tuesday 18th November 2014: 6:30pm


Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible boys in the following priority order-

1. Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order under Part IV of the Act.

2. Current Family Association - a brother (or sister in the Sixth Form) attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

4. Nearness of children’s homes to school - The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured froma central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the LA. A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

Supplementary Form Required: No


Borden Grammar SchoolAvenue of Remembrance, Sittingbourne, ME10 4DBTel: 01795 424192Fax: 01795 424026E-mail:[email protected] www.bordengrammar.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mr J R Hopkins

Admissions Contact Name: Mr R G Artingstoll

Type of school: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys


Specialisms: Sports and Languages






55

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of six GCSE passes at grade C or above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents (students wishing to study mathematics are expected to obtain an A grade at GCSE).


Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:



O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.







56



Open Sessions: By appointment during September and October

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order -

1. Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides/has provided accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is/has been subject to a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989.

2. Sibling/ Current Family association - a child with a brother or sister already attending the school when the child starts; who live in Hythe, within three miles of the school or in the following villages: Elham, Etchinghill, Lyminge, Lympne, Monks Horton, Palmarsh, Postling, Rhodes Minnis, Saltwood, Sandling, Seabrook, Sellindge, Stanford, Stowting, Westenhanger and West Hythe. In

this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. Children with a brother or sister already attending the school who live outside the catchment area de�ned in criterion 2

4. Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons – medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose health or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

5. Other children living inside the catchment area as de�ned in criteria 2.

Any other studentShould there be a need to decide upon oversubscription in each of the above criteria, decisions will be made on the basis of distance. The Local Authority measures distance as the nearness of the child’s permanent address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point as within the child’s home to a de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. Those living closest are given priority.

Brockhill Park Performing Arts CollegeSandling Road, Saltwood, Hythe, CT21 4HLTel: 01303 265521Fax: 01303 262708E-mail: o�[email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs Sonette Schwartz

Admissions Contact Name: Ann Maycock

Type of school: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed


Specialisms: Performing Arts






57


Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –Students wishing to apply to the Sixth Form at Brockhill should apply via the website www.ucasprogress.com All applications are made on line.

To ensure that a course will be viable in terms of numbers we will expect a minimum of 8 students to have chosen it for it to be included in the curriculum o�er for that year and for them to have the entrance requirements for that course o�ered.

Priority for those courses that will run in the academic year will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria for the courses of their choice.

The admission of external students will be based upon the entrance criteria being met and a careers pathway discussion to ensure that the choices they are making allow them to access the correct route for their future.

Admission to the Sixth Form to study at Level 3 will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above including English and Maths. For those who do not achieve this we o�er a Level 2 provision and retakes in English and Mathematics GCSE.

Speci�c entrance criteria are as follows:• 5 A*-C GCSE grades including English and Maths to study AS and A level courses. (some A Level subjects may require a B Grade or above)• Individual subject prior attainment entry criteria as per the Brockhill prospectus.• Places on level 2 course will be given to students who meet the individual entry criteria for these courses.

Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.

After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstancesa. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; orb. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner


All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of April 2015 and invitations to the Induction we also be given at this time. All con�rmed o�ers will be given once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.





58


To access general information about the school, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website: www.canterbury.kent.sch.uk

Open Sessions:Open evening: Wednesday 1st October 2014 from 6.30pm (Principal’s speech at 7pm)Open mornings: Saturday 11th, Tuesday 14th, Wednesday 15th, Thursday 16th, Friday 17th October 2014 from 09.30am(For open mornings prospective parents are asked to contact the academy on 01227 463971 in advance to register an interest)Banding assessments will take place on Saturday 15th & 22nd November 2014

The Canterbury Academy recruits from the full range of abilities to create a comprehensive intake.

Students will be admitted at age 11. The number of intended admissions for the year commencing 2015 will be 180 (with an additional 6 places reserved for children with statements for entrance into the Speech and Language Unit), 28 places will be initially reserved for selective music students. All students are recommended to sit a banding assessment and those candidates wishing to apply for a selective music place will also be required to attend an audition. Before the application of oversubscription criteria children with a statement of special educational need which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly.

Students wishing to sit either the banding assessment or apply for a selective music place will be required to complete a supplementary information form available from the school. Deadline date for returning the completed form to the school will be the same date as the Common Application Form is required to be returned to Kent.

You will receive an invitation to the banding assessment that will be held at the school on a Saturday in November. Should you be unable to attend you may request an alternative date. The banding assessment is not an entry test, it is designed to ensure that students of all abilities have an equal chance of gaining a place at The Canterbury High School and enable the school to acquire a comprehensive pro�le. To ensure a comprehensive intake a normal distribution will be used and we will use the following band identi�ers:

Band 1 2 3 4 5% 4 7 12 17 20Band 6 7 8 9% 17 12 7 4

Where students have not taken the banding assessment they will be ranked according to the oversubscription criteria and allocated a place only in the event that there are available spaces after students who did take it have been considered.

Selective music places are allocated independently of the banding assessment (although it is recommended that they take the banding assessment as well). Students will be invited to perform to members of the music

Canterbury AcademyKnight Avenue, Canterbury, CT2 8QATel: 01227 463971Fax: 01227 762801E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr P Karnavas

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs D Scott



Specialisms: Sports, Performing Arts (15% Selective music), Practical Learning, Academic Excellence working in partnership with Simon Langton Boys Grammar School to support our grammar band for girls and boys.

Published Admission No:180 LA No: 886 DFE No:5421A





59

department and a judgement will be made on their musical aptitude according to one or more of the following criteria;• He/she has tuition in a musical instrument.• He/she is a member of a school, church or similar choir, or of a dance/drama organisation.• He/she has had no formal training but is musical and would like to pursue the subject further.

Not more than 28 places will be reserved for students with musical ability. The audition will rank students according to the given criteria. Successful applicants will be expected to take up vocal or instrumental tuition, to attend at least one music/drama club each week and participate in the academy performances. Where two students are of equal ability, the one living nearer to the academy would gain preference. If there are insu�cient children who have satis�ed the published entry requirement for a selective place then the places will be o�ered to other children.

Over Subscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

a) Firstly, children in Local Authority Care will be awarded a place; this applies to any child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who, immediately after being looked after by the local authority, became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Places are then awarded to children on roll at The Canterbury Academy (Primary phase) at the time of application for a place at secondary transfer.

c) Children with a brother or sister attending The Canterbury Academy (Primary and Secondary phase) when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means a child who lives as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted

siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

d) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the academy’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend The Canterbury Academy. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend this particular academy. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and The Canterbury Academy.

e) Nearness of children’s homes to school - The academy uses the measurements provided by the local authority who use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

A child’s home is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence (not an address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian or leased or rented to them under a lease or written rental agreement. Where partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of week days.

A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the academy. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block or the same distance from and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the academy, the names will be allocated a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

An area map is available at www.canterbury.kent.sch.uk.

60


f) The tie-breaker for all arrangements will be distance. In a tiebreaker situation the proximity of an applicant’s home to the academy will be the decider. In the event that more than one applicant lives the same distance from home to the academy, as measured by the local authority, then a random selection will be applied.

In the event of an ability band not being full, places will be shared with other ability bands following the criteria above.

Late applications in the �rst instance will be processed in line with the Local Authority’s published admissions scheme (Deadline date for applications is 18th March 2015.) From 22nd April 2015 applications must be made directly to the school where your child will be placed on a waiting list and places allocated based on the above criteria.

After a place has been o�ered the academy reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:When a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time.When a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information.The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.

Supplementary From required: Yes – There is one for the music students and one for the banding assessment. These forms are available from and returnable to the school.

Waiting list are maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

Sixth Form Admission ArrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 1 GCSE passes at grade G or above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.


Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied to eligible students.

a) Firstly, children in local authority care will be awarded a place.

b) Children with a brother or sister attending The Canterbury Academy (Primary and Secondary phase) when the child starts. In this context, ‘ brother or sister’ means a child who lives as a brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

c) Ability at sport or performing arts as determined by trial, audition and references.

d) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the academy’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend The Canterbury Academy. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend this particular academy. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and The Canterbury Academy.

e) Nearness of children’s homes to school - The academy uses the measurements provided by the local authority who use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. A child’s home is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence (not an address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian or leased or rented


61

to them under a lease or written rental agreement. Where partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of week days. A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the academy. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block or have the same distance and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the academy, the names will be allocated a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. An area map is available at www.canterbury.kent.sch.uk.

f) The tie-breaker for all arrangements will be distance. In a tiebreaker situation the proximity of an applicant’s home to the academy will be the decider. If in the event that more than one applicant lives the same distance from home to the academy (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.


a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or

b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or

c. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.








62



Open Sessions:Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014Open Mornings: These will take place at 9am every Tuesday, Wednesday and Thursday from Tuesday 30th September until Thursday 23rd October 2014.

Appointments can be booked via the College O�ce – 01304 373363. Visitors will be o�ered a tour of the College followed by the opportunity to meet with the Interim Principal or a member of the Senior Team.

Note that parking on site is limited; please be considerate to our neighbours when parking for the Open Sessions.


• Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As

de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

• Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the College above its PAN.

• Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the College’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school.

Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

• Nearness of children’s homes to College - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the College, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the College as

Castle Community CollegeMill Road, Deal, CT14 9BDTel: 01304 373363Fax: 01304 380769E-mail: [email protected] www.castle.kent.sch.uk

Interim Principal: Mrs Jane Hadlow

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Geraldine Baird



Specialisms: Sport & Performing Arts






63

speci�ed by Ordnance Survey which will be equidistant between the two sites (OS Reference 636932.4,151183.4). The same address point on the College site is used for everybody.

After a place has been o�ered, the College reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:1. when a parent/carer has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or

2. when a parent/carer has failed to notify the College of important changes to the application information; or

3. where the admissions authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent/carer



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above. Some subjects also have speci�c entry requirements which will be detailed on the UCAS.com/progress website and in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

All applicants will be invited to attend an informal meeting, where their choices and relevance to their future intentions will be discussed. Parents/carers are also invited to attend this meeting.

The admission number for external candidates will be 15, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 180.

OversubscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.


a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; orb. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or


O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s four chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

In the event of a subject being oversubscribed places will be allocated on a �rst come, �rst served basis (providing entry criteria is met).

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.

O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.



64



Open Sessions: Walkabouts available to parents during September and October by Appointment Only


1. Children in Local Authority Care or previously in Local Authority Care. A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This Applies equally to children who immediately after being lookedafter by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de�ned by section 46 of the Adoption & Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989.

2. Sibling/Current Family Association. A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, step-brothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. Where the child has demonstrated a particular aptitude in music. Up to 10% of the intake can be admitted under this criterion. Evidence of examinations taken, of music tuition undertaken, or musical group participation will be looked for. Auditions will be required during the �rst two weeks of January. Applications for musical auditions should be at the school by October 31st.

4. Where the child permanently resides within the areas traditionally served by the school (namely the following wards: Beacon Road, Bradstow, Cliftonville East, Cliftonville West, Kingsgate, St Peters, Viking). In the event of over subscription priority will be given to those living nearest to the school irrespective of the ward in which they live. The nearness of children’s homes to school is the distance between the child’s permanent home address andthe school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

5. Further pupils living nearest to the school. The nearness of children’s homes to school is the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – If you are applying for a place on musical ability, a form is available and returnable to the school.

The Charles Dickens SchoolBroadstairs Road, Broadstairs, CT10 2RLTel: 01843 862988Fax: 01843 865047E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr A Olsson

Admissions Contact Name: Admissions O�cer

Type of school: Secondary, Foundation, High, Mixed


Specialisms: Mathematics and Computing






65


Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes including English and Maths at grade C or above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents (speci�c entry requirements may vary for certain subjects as directed by prospectus).The admission number for external candidates will be 25, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 100.All applicants will be expected to attend a meeting where course requirements and their choices will be discussed. This meeting is for guidance only and is not part of the entry requirement.

Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.





O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen

subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters/communications will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.



All applications to be made through the Kent Choices 4 U website. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.



66


We currently o�er a unique combination of mainly single sex teaching in the lower school within a co-educational environment, and then a wider range of subjects delivered in mixed groups at GCSE and A Level. To access general information about the school please contact the school or visit the school’s website.

Open Sessions: Open Evenings at Chatham Site 5.30pm till 7.30pmTuesday 21st October 2014Thursday 23rd October 2014Morning Tours of all sites during week commencing Monday 20th October - Prior Booking Only (Bookings taken by Admission Registrar from Monday 29th September)

Appeal Consultations Chatham Site - no booking necessaryMonday 20th October 4pmWednesday 22nd October 10.30amFriday 24th October 1pm


Over-Subscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published

admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible pupils the following priority order-

Eligible students who are presently or were previously in Local Authority care. De�nition: a child under the age of 18 years who is a) in the care of a local authority, b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (as de�ned in the Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) or c) previously in the care of a local authority but ceased to be so because they were adopted (under terms of the Adoption and Children Act 2002) or became subject to a residence order (under the terms of the Children Act 1989) or special guardianship order (Section 14A of Children Act 1989) at the time of the application.

Eligible students who demonstrate health and special access reasons. To be considered under this criteria please provide the request and required evidence to the Headteacher, in writing, at the time of the application. De�nition: medical, health and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a

Chatham & Clarendon Grammar School (Formerly Chatham House for Boys and Clarendon House for Girls)

Chatham Site: Years 7-9Chatham Street, Ramsgate, CT11 7PSTel: 01843 591075

Clarendon Site: Years 10-11 Clarendon GardensRamsgate, CT11 9BBTel: 01843 591074

CCVI Sixth Form Centre:Cavendish StreetRamsgate, CT11 9ALTel: 01843 854841 E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs D Liddicoat

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs S Hurrell, Admission Registrar

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Mixed


Specialisms: Languages, Science, Maths and Computing; Lead School for Gifted and Talented Students






67

demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/carer’s, physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical practitioner or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the School.

Eligible students with a current family association. De�nition: children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters AND who are attending the School at the time the applicant will start.

Eligible students who live within Thanet; Broom�eld; Chest�eld; Herne; Herne Bay; Reculver; Swalecli�e and Whitstable. De�nition: A map of the above areas is available on the school website. Please contact the Admission Registrar if you are in anyway uncertain as to whether your address falls within this criterion.

All other eligible students. De�nition: All other students who cannot be considered in any of the criterion above.

Within each of the above criterion students will be ranked in order of those living closest to the school. De�nition: the distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the School as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The School uses the measurements provided by the LA. A child’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence (not an address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents, or guardian; leased or rented to them under a written rental agreement. Where parents live apart but share responsibility for the child and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of week days over the school term.

Where more than one child has the same address eg a block of �ats having a single address point reference

or each child of a multiple birth family, and in all other ways have equal eligibility, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide each child’s ranked number.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements The entry deadline for applications is Friday 13th February 2015 and our requirements for September 2015 entry are:

To study 4 A Levels in Year 12 we require: at least 5 B grade passes at GCSE (double BTech counts as 1GCSE only; quadruple BTech counts as 2)

To study a double Level 3 Vocational course plus 2 A Levels we require: at least 2 grade B passes and 3 C grade passes at GCSE.

For either of the programmes above the following requirements apply: • B grades must be achieved in those subjects being

chosen, where relevant. • To count, a BTech must be related to the A Levels chosen • To study A Level Mathematics an A grade is required at GCSE Higher Level.

• Students need to have at least C grades in both GCSE English Language and Mathematics. • Core Science is not counted. Grades for individual sciences and/or Additional Science are counted. • BTech Science and Applied Science do not allow a candidate to access Biology, Human Biology, Chemistry or Physics at A Level. However, these candidates can be considered for Applied Science A Level.

These requirements are based on a professional assessment of the standard of prior attainment needed to be successful (a) in the academic curriculum pathway and (b) in subject speci�c elements of the vocational pathway.

For the intake of September 2015 the Sixth Form will recruit on the basis of a combined Year 12 of 250. Priority for places will be:

1. Internal applicants - students enrolled in Year 11 of the School.

2. External applicants.

68


NB Should there not be enough room on a particular course, priority, within each of the categories above, will go to the candidate with the highest average points score across their GCSE subjects.

A place maybe o�ered where an applicant has extenuating circumstances for not meeting the required GCSE results. Any applicant, who believes this may be the case, should write to the Head of the Sixth Form providing details and any supporting evidence for consideration.

The minimum published admission number (PAN) for new entrants will be 40, however we may enroll above this if there are su�cient spaces on the particular combination of courses requested by suitably quali�ed applicants.

The application process for both internal and external students for the Sixth Form is as follows:

Application is made through the Kentchoices4U website, as part of the Local Authority scheme.

• All applications will be considered.• A Sixth Form Information Evening will be held in November/December 2014.• A meeting will be held to discuss options and academic entry requirements for particular courses. • A Sixth Form Induction Week is held at the end of June/beginning July 2015 where applicants will be o�ered the opportunity to attend ‘taster’ lessons and con�rm �nal course preferences.• A conditional offer letter will be sent to all applicants who are expected to meet the entry requirements and whose subject preferences can be met. Should it be necessary, alternative subject preferences may be o�ered.• A confirmation of acceptance by 3:00 pm on the day following the publication of GCSE exam results in August 2015 is required in order to secure the conditional o�er place.

Where students have achieved better results than their predicted grades, they should contact the school by 3.00pm on the day following the GCSE results and will then be considered based on the grades achieved, with a place o�ered if available. Should a place not be available they will be placed on our waiting list and ranked according to our oversubscription criteria for any places that become available, as a result of other students failing to meet the required entry levels.

Applicants have a right of appeal against the decision not to o�er a place and the Appeal Timetable, published on the School website by 28th February 2015 will have the dates and arrangements for lodging appeals

Over Subscription CriteriaBefore the application of the oversubscription criteria, children with a statement of special educational need who name this School will be admitted. As a result of this the published admission number (PAN) will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences of eligible students for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in rank order in the above oversubscription criteria. TransportPlease note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport


69


Open Sessions:Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014 6pm – 9pmOpen Mornings: 9am – 11.00am 26th September, 30th September,2nd October, 17th October, 21st October 2014Open Afternoon: 12.00 – 1.30pm 10th October 2014


Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order under Part IV of the Act.



Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled school, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school.

In the event of any of the above criteria being oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance as described above with those closest being given higher priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

The Community College, WhitstableBellevue Road, Whitstable, CT5 1PXTel: 01227 272362Fax: 01227 770275E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs Helena Sullivan - Tighe

Admissions Contact Name: Miss Karen Cross

Type of school: Secondary, Community, High, Mixed


Specialisms: Maths & Computing





70





Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and C grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.















71

To access general information about the school, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website

Open Sessions: Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014, 5.30 to 8pm. Open Mornings: Tuesday 23rd, Wednesday 24th, Thursday 25th, Monday 29th, and Tuesday 30th September (By appointment only, please contact the Academy to book)


(Banding)After the admission of students with statements of Special Educational Needs where the Cornwallis Academy is named on the statement, the remaining applicants will be split into �ve bands based on a normal distribution of non-verbal cognitive ability scores within the national pro�le. Further detailed explanation of this and the aptitude test are available from the academy but the table below gives indicative proportions and numbers.

To re�ect a normal distribution we will use the following band identi�ers:

Non Verbal Cats interval

Percentage Number

Less than 70 10% 26

70 to 85 20% 51

86 to 112 40% 101

113 to 127 20% 51

More than 127 10% 26

Anyone placing Cornwallis Academy on the application form will need to bring their child for a non-verbal CATs test. This will take place in the second/third week in November 2014.

If the Academy is oversubscribed, places will be ranked using each of the following in priority order, with applications submitted by the published deadline taking initial priority. Late applications will be allocated in the same order.

Within each band the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below:

a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is thesubject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

Cornwallis AcademyHubbards Lane, Linton, Maidstone, ME17 4HXTel: 01622 743152Fax: 01622741866E-mail:o�[email protected]

Headteacher: Mr David Simons

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Amanda Gillis



Specialisms: Languages and Science





72


b) Children of sta� employed by Future Schools Trust and working at Cornwallis Academy as their primary place of work where:

i) The member of sta� has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made.

ii) The member of sta� is recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

c) Children applying from Tiger Primary School on the Boughton Lane site which is run by the Future Schools Trust and is a named feeder school for Cornwallis Academy.

d) Current family association (only an elder brother or sister in the Academy at time of application, who will still be attending when the applicant child is admitted counts.)

e) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010.Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needsmean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and theparticular school.

f) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances aremeasured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority.

Note – where less than the required number fall into a band, we will distribute evenly from adjacent bands.

If the last pupil to be o�ered a place within the Cornwallis Academy’s published admission number (PAN) is a

multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though thismay raise the intake number above the school’s PAN. The PAN will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 4 GCSE passes at grade C or above, along with the minimum published requirements for each A level, as outlined in our prospectus.

The admission number for external candidates will be 90 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 350.







73








74



Entry into year 9 is through the Cranbrook School entrance examination. In addition, for boarding applicants, candidates’ suitability for boarding is assessed by interview. No account is taken of the boarding interview in the assessment of a candidate’s academic suitability.

Year 9 Day Applicants

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible pupils in the following priority order –

a. Children in Local Authority Care (Looked After Children). A Looked After Child or Child in Local Authority Care is a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This priority will also encompass any previously Looked After child who has recently left Local Authority Care by way of adoption, a residence order or any special guardianship order.

b. Those candidates for whom attendance at the School as a day student is a social need. Application for quali�cation under this criterion must be made to the Governors’ Admissions Committee at the time of registration. Examples of social need may be medical, health, social and special access reasons. All will be applied in accordance with the School’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and a particular school.

c. For Year 9, and casual admissions for Years 10 and 11, those candidates whose permanent principal private residencies within the preferred area (see below), prioritised in order of aggregate score. Where aggregate scores are equal, a candidate will be prioritised by distance from their permanent principal private residence to the front entrance of the School. A block of �ats has a single address point of reference, so applicants living in the same block of �ats will be regarded as living the same distance away from the School.

d. For entry to Years 12 and 13, those candidates whose permanent principal private residence is within the preferred area as de�ned in 3.1 below, prioritised by actual GCSE results. Where actual GCSE results are equal,

Cranbrook SchoolCranbrook SchoolWaterloo RoadCranbrookKent TN17 3JDTel: 01580 711800E-mail: [email protected] www.cranbrookschool.co.uk

Headteacher: Mr John Weeds

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Louise Reader


Age Range: 13-18 Day and Boarding Pupils

Specialisms: Science, Maths, Language


52 Boarding and 110 Day Students





75

candidates will be prioritised by distance from permanent principal private residence to school.

e. For Year 9, and casual admissions to Years 10 and 11, those candidates living outside the preferred area prioritised in order of aggregate score in the entrance examination.

f. For entry to Years 12 and 13, those candidates who are living outside the preferred area as de�ned below, prioritised by actual GCSE results.

If two candidates cannot be separated then the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

THE PREFERRED AREA The preferred area is de�ned as follows:

a. The parishes of Cranbrook, Goudhurst, Staplehurst, Frittenden, Benenden, Sandhurst and Hawkhurst as de�ned by parish boundaries.

b. Any other property which is not within the parish boundaries as outlined above, but is within 8.5 kilometres of the school by straight line. The distance is measured using Ordinance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s permanent principal private residence to a similarly de�ned point within the School as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. This de�ned point is the Queens Hall Theatre. The School uses measurements provided by the LA.

In cases of split families the permanent principal private residence address of the parent with whom the candidate resides is taken as the candidate’s permanent principal private residence. Where a candidate lives with both parents equally, then both parents’ permanent principal private residences must be within the preferred area or the candidate must live with the parent inside the preferred area from Monday to Friday during term time.

The Governors do not accept business or commercial addresses as evidence of residence in the preferred area nor do they accept any addresses which are not the permanent principal private residence of the parent with whom the candidate lives.

Where parents are asked to give proof of their residence in the preferred area, the Governors will require:

a. sight of the signed and witnessed rental agreement or of the signed completion memorandum where a property has been purchased; b. sight of originals of two di�erent recent utilities bills.

If this information is not provided within two weeks of the request, the Governors will be unable to assess whether the candidate lives within the preferred area. This will impact on the candidate’s priority for admission. The Governors may check Electoral Rolls and reserve the right to make any other reasonable enquiries they deem necessary. In cases of fraudulent or deliberately misleading applications, the Governors may withdraw the o�er of a place.

Year 9 Boarding Applicants


a. Children in Local Authority Care (Looked After Children). A Looked After Child or Child in Local Authority Care is a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This priority will also encompass any Looked After child who has recently left Local Authority Care by way of adoption, a residence order or any special guardianship order.

b. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who qualify for Ministry of Defence �nancial assistance with the cost of boarding school fees.

c. Children who have satis�ed the Governing Body that they have a signi�cant degree of boarding need (see below).

d. For entry in Year 9, and casual admissions in Years 10 and 11, all other candidates will be ranked in order of aggregate score in the entrance examination. Where aggregate scores are equal, a candidate will be prioritised by the objective NFER score. If two candidates cannot be separated then the names will be issued a number and

76


drawn randomly to decide which child should be given a place.

e. For entry to Years 12 or 13, candidates will be prioritised by predicted or actual GCSE results or their equivalent for candidates educated overseas. On the rare occasions where actual or predicted GCSE results or their equivalent are equal, candidates will be prioritised by lottery.

Boarding NeedThis category includes, but is not limited to, children of Crown Servants serving abroad; children at risk or with an unstable home environment; children whose parent/s spend much of the year abroad for work purposes; children whose parent/s is/are temporarily or permanently resident abroad; children who will be subject to a high degree of mobility over the next 5 years; children whose parents’ work pattern compromises their e�ective care outside the normal day school hours.

Once an application is submitted that makes a case for boarding need the details are passed to the Governors’ Admissions Committee for consideration. When reviewing each application the Committee considers all the submitted evidence on a case by case basis and will rank the boarding need of each applicant based on the strength of the case. Places are then o�ered to those ranked highest.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –

Year 12 Selection Applications must be made via the learners’ site HYPER-LINK "http://www.kentchoices4u.com" www.kentchoic-es4u.com. You need to click on “Search and Apply for courses” and then follow the instructions accordingly.

We have a Published Admission Number (PAN) of 161 for Year 12.There are usually only a few vacancies in Year 12 and applications will be considered on the following basis:

a. Applications must be made by the 12th December 2014 and must include the candidate’s predicted grades at GCSE or equivalent.

b. Candidates must study a minimum of 4 subjects at AS level.c. Candidates must achieve a minimum of 11 points at GCSE, or the equivalent for candidates overseas, where A* = 4 points, A = 3 points, B = 1 point and a minimum of 5 passes at B or above.d. Candidates applying outside of their chronological age group will be considered on an individual case basis by the Governors’ Admissions Committee.

Candidates will be asked to attend a learning discussion about the AS/A2 options they have chosen. In addition, suitability for boarding will be assessed by interview.

O�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the minimum grades speci�ed are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable in feasible group sizes. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.

Where learners have achieved a better result than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

There is a full and independent appeals procedure availa-ble to parents of candidates who have not been awarded a place at Cranbrook School. The details of this procedure are available from the Registrar.

Year 13 Selection Candidates for Year 13 entry must have at least E grades in the subjects they wish to study at A2 level. All students must be quali�ed for, and study, at least 3 A2 levels to enter year 13.

For Oversubscription criteria please see above



77

To access general information about the school, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website

Open Sessions:22 October 9:30 am and 2:00 pm

Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure


a) Children who are presently or were previously in Local Authority Care: a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption andChildren Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

b) Medical/health and special access reasons: this will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal

obligations in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to children under thiscriterion whose health or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend Dane Court Grammar School. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend Dane Court Grammar School. Medical/health and special access reasons must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali�ed medical practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and Dane Court Grammar School.

c) Children with a sibling, currently on roll who will be in school at the time of entry: in this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

d) On the basis of distance/nearness of the children’s home to the school, with those living nearer to the school receiving priority. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the Local Authority.

Dane Court Grammar SchoolBroadstairs Road, Broadstairs, CT10 2RTTel: 01843 864941Fax: 01843 608811E-mail:[email protected]

Executive Headteacher: Mr Paul Luxmoore

Head of School: Mr Andrew Fowler

Admissions Contact Name: Ms Sally Geldard-Goode



Specialisms: Languages





78




Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Students will be admitted to the Sixth Form if their preferences match the course available, if their quali�cations are su�cient to meet the entry requirements and if there is a space after the needs of students continuing on roll have been met. Students at Dane Court transferring from Year 11 will have priority for places on courses available in Year 12. The minimum published admission number (PAN) for new students in the Sixth Form is 30

Entry RequirementsTo Year 12 if there is a vacant place, having obtained the Sixth Form entry requirement of eight GCSE passes at C or above, including English, Mathematics and a Modern Language with at least 6 at grade B or above for entry to the International Baccalaureate Diploma Programme. Five GCSEs at grade C or above with three at grade B for entry to the International Baccalaureate Career Related Certi�cate.

Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades, they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

To Year 13 if there is a vacant place and the speci�cation studied in Year 12 is consistent with the school’s Year 13 provision.

Oversubscription Criteria In the case of over subscription the following criteria will apply in the order laid out below:� Students who are presently or were previously in Local Authority Care.� Students with medical/health and special access reasons.� Students with a sibling, currently on roll who will be in school at the time of entry.� On the basis of distance/nearness of the student’s home to the school, with those living nearer the school, as the crow �ies, receiving priority.These criteria will only come into play if the school is oversubscribed in the relevant year group.

AppealsAs an Academy, Dane Court is its own admissions’ authority. If a child is refused admission, parents will have the right to make an appeal to an Independent Appeals Panel. Appeals fall into two categories:

1) Appeals against selection: the school’s criteria state that admission is open to those who are successful in the Kent selection procedure. There is no facility to appeal the selection decision, however if a child is refused a school place as a result of not receiving a grammar assessment, parents are still able to appeal to an independent appeal panel on the basis that a place has been refused, setting out their grounds for appeal in the letter.

2) Appeals against allocation: in the rare eventuality that a place is refused because the school is oversubscribed, an appeal may be made directly to the Independent Appeal Panel including the grounds for the appeal in the letter

Appeals may be lodged by writing to the Clerk of the Governors, c/o Dane Court Grammar School.



79


Open Sessions: Open Morning - Tuesday, 7th October, 2014 from 9.00 am to 11.00 am, Open Evening on Thursday, 23rd October, 2014 starting at 6.30 pm. – 9 pm


Oversubscription Criteria*Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible boys in the following priority order-

Within each section, places are ranked according to each applicant’s combined Kent test scores.

1. Children who are Looked After (CLA): Boys under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority (LA) provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

2. Zone A - Up to a maximum of 90 places are reserved for boys whose primary residence (as assessed by receipt of Child Bene�t) lies within the Dartford Electoral Wards: Brent, Bean and Darenth, Castle, Greenhithe, Heath, Joyce

Green, Joydens Wood, Littlebrook, Long�eld, New Barn & South�eet, Newtown, Princes, Stone, Sutton-at-Hone and Hawley, Swanscombe, Town, West Hill, Wilmington. A copy of a map indicating the de�ned areas is available from the school. The school is ‘full’ within Zone A when it has taken its quota of 90 pupils or when there are no more candidates who have passed the tests and have named the school as a preference. Any places left un�lled are added to the number of places available for those who live outside the priority area.

3. All other applicants regardless of address.

Within each section above, students are ranked according the applicant’s combined test scores in the Reasoning paper and the Literacy and Numeracy paper.

Please note that in the case of tied scores, preference is given to the applicant living nearest to the school. We use data provided by Kent County Council which measures the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. In a tie-breaker situation, where the nearness of the applicant’s home is the deciding factor, if more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school then random selection will be applied.

Also note that a pupil’s primary residence is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which the child might sometimes stay or sleep due to the parent’s or guardian’s own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day

Dartford Grammar SchoolWest Hill, Dartford, DA1 2HWTel: 01322 223039Fax No: 01322 291426E-mail:sandrew@dartfordgrammarschool.org.ukwww.dartfordgrammarschool.org.uk

Headteacher: Mr W J Oakes

Admissions Contact Name: Dr M Kingham & Mrs S Andrew

Type of school: Secondary, Academy , Grammar, Boys


Specialisms: International Baccalaureate, Languages and Science





80


the parent or guardian completed the application form, which is EITHER owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. (If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.) You may be asked for evidence of the arrangements.


Waiting lists will be maintained up to August 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsPriority will be given to existing Dartford Grammar School students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants (girls or boys) obtaining a minimum of 4 passes at grade A or above and 3 at grade B or above in full-course GCSEs. The A grades should be in the proposed International Baccalaureate Diploma Higher-Level subjects. If Mathematics is proposed at Higher Level, the GCSE Mathematics grade must be A*.


Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out below to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:

1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who, immediately after being looked after by the local authority, became subject to

an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

2. Medical, health, social and special-access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act, 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.

3. Students predicted to achieve at least a C grade in a full-course GCSE in a foreign language

4. Distance – the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is used, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When the distance criterion is applied, these straight-line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. The school uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA. A more detailed de�nition of what constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the measurement for �ats will be calculated is also contained in the LA Admissions Booklets.

In the event of a tie-breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider.If, in the event, more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:

a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; orb. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or


81


O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s 6 chosen subjects can be accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of March, 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.





*Note: At the time of publication a decision regarding the above arrangements was pending with the OSA. Please see the schools website for up to date information.


82



Open Sessions: Tuesday 21st October 2014, 6.30pm – 8.30pm.The Headteacher will speak at 6.30pm and 7.30pm.View the school at work on Wednesday 22nd October2014, 11.30am – 1.00pm


Oversubscription Criteria*Before applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible girls in the following priority order-

1. Looked After Children / Children in Local Authority CareA girl under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

2. 100 places will be reserved for girls residing in Dartford or one of the named parishes listed below.

Ash-cum-Ridley Horton Kirby and South DarenthBean Long�eld and New BarnCrockenhill South�eetDarenth StoneEynsford Sutton at Hone and HawleyFarningham SwanleyFawkham Swanscombe and GreenhitheHartley West KingsdownHextable Wilmington

3. Remaining eligible girls seeking a school place.

If the school would be oversubscribed within any of the above oversubscription criteria students will be ranked in the following order:

1. Those performing best in the Kent Test (highest aggregate score).

2. In the case of tied scores, preference is given to the applicant living nearest to the school.

The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.



Dartford Grammar School for GirlsShepherds Lane, Dartford, DA1 2NTTel: 01322 223123Fax: 01322 294786E-mail:c.balmer@dartfordgrammargirls.kent.sch.ukwww.dartfordgrammargirls.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mrs Sharon Pritchard

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Chris Balmer

Type of school: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Girls


Specialisms: Science, Mathematics and Computing






83

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – In 2015, we will be o�ering 165 places to our mixed Year 12. Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11. New entrants (male or female) who wish to apply to our school must complete an online application at www.kentchoices4u.com.

Entrance Quali�cationsAll students joining Year 12 will have:• Completed their GCSE course, gaining at least grade C in

Mathematics and English Language;• Gained at least 3 grade A*/A and 4 grade B or higher

at GCSE.

Any vocational quali�cation that is equivalent to more than 1 GCSE grade will only count as a maximum of 1 grade.

If the subject chosen is not available at GCSE level then a ‘proxy’ subject will be used to determine if a student is suitable to start the course (details are available in the Sixth Form prospectus).

Some A Level courses have speci�c requirements related to course content. Please refer to the handbook for further detail.

The school must be able to provide a viable Year 12 programme.

O�er of placesPlaces will be o�ered on the basis of predicted ‘capped 8’ GCSE Average Points Scores from current schools and will be conditional on achievement of the required grades. Vocational courses equivalent to more than 1 GCSE grade will count as a maximum of 1 grade.

Late applicationsStudents applying after the normal deadline will still be eligible to join the school if they meet the criteria set and there are places available in Year 12 and on the courses they wish to follow. Any students wishing to apply in late August following better than expected results should contact the school and be prepared to attend a meeting to discuss possible courses.

Over-Subscription Criteria for new entrantsWhere applications for admission of eligible students exceed this number, the following criteria will be applied in the order set out below, to decide which students who satis�ed the selection requirements should be o�ered places:

1. Looked After Children / Children in Local Authority Care A child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the ChildrenAct 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

2. All other eligible girls/boys seeking a school place.

If the school is oversubscribed within any of the above oversubscription criteria, students will be ranked in the following order:

1. Those performing best in their GCSEs, based on predicted ‘capped 8’ GCSE Average Points Scores (vocational courses equivalent to more than 1 GCSE grade will count as a maximum of 1 grade).

2. In the case of tied scores, preference is given to the applicant living nearest to the school.

The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data.

Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.

*Note: At the time of publication a decision regarding the above arrangements was pending with the OSA. Please see the schools website for up to date information


84



Open Sessions: Thursday, 2nd October, 9.30am – 12 noon and 1.30pm – 2.30pmTuesday, 7th October, 9.30am – 12 noon, 1.30pm - 2.30pm and 5.30pm – 8.00pm. The Principal will give a presentation at 6.30pm and 7.30pm.Saturday, 11th October. The Principal will give a presentation at 10.00am and 11.00am.Thursday, 16th October, 9.30am – 12 noon and 1.30pm – 2.30pmMonday, 20th October, 9.30am – 12 noon and 1.30pm – 2.30pm


Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order under Part IV of the Act. Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or

sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.



In the event of any of the above criteria being oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance as described above with those closest being given higher priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available

Dartford Science & Technology CollegeHeath Lane, Dartford, DA1 2LYTel: 01322 224309Fax: 01322 222445E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr Seamus Murphy

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs M Farnsworth

Type of school: Secondary, Foundation, High, Girls


Specialisms: Technology






85

place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.




Sixth Form Admission arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. Students who just fail to achieve the entry requirement may be considered for an appropriate Level 3 vocational course and GCSE resit programme.


Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.






All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results. O�ers will be made through the UCAS progress site and must be ‘accepted’ by the student. O�ers will be con�rmed on the student registration day once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.






86


To access general information about the school, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the Academy or visit the Academy’s website.

Open Sessions: Please contact the school


1. Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with his parents/ carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2022 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

2. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the School’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to

children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend aparticular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

3. Current Family Association - a brother or sister already attending the School at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

4. Nearness of children’s homes to the School. We use the distance between the child’s permanent address and the School, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from apoint de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the School as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the School site is used for all applicants.



Dover Christ Church AcademyMelbourne Avenue, Whit�eld, Dover, Kent, CT16 2EGTel: 01304 820126Fax: 01304 821915Email: [email protected]

Principal: Mrs S Williamson

Admissions Contact Name: Mr G May



Specialisms: Maths & Computing and Music






87

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A-D or above and C+ grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest quali�cations.

The admission number for external candidates will be 30 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less that the overall �gure for the year group, which is 100.

Oversubscription CriteriaFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.

After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:-

• When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time:- or• When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application; or• The admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or leaner.

O�ers and Appeals O�ers will be made on the basis of predicated performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results. O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.

Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the

grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a placed be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.




88


To access general information about the school, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the School or visit the School’s website.

Open Sessions: Please contact the School for further information.

Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure or the Dover Test.

The Dover Test will take place on: Saturday 13

September 2014


1. Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with his parents/ carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2022 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989);

2. Current Family Association - a brother or sister already attending the School at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or

sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.


3. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the School’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school;

4. Nearness of children’s homes to the School. We use the distance between the child’s permanent address and the School, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the School as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the School site is used for all applicants.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes, Admission Form – Available from, and returnable, to the School.

Dover Grammar School for BoysAstor Avenue, Dover, CT17 0DQTel: 01304 206117Fax: 01304 206074E-mail:[email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs Fiona Chapman

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Sue Barham

Type of school: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Boys


Specialisms: Business and Enterprise





89


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants satisfying all three of the following criteria:• at least GCSE Grade C in both English Language and Maths;• at least GCSE Grade B in any subject (except Maths) to be studied at A-Level. For Maths, at least GCSE Grade A; for Further Maths, Grade A*;• from their best six GCSE results, a total of at least 276 points according to the scale A*=58, A=52, B=46, C=40, D=34, E=28.Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades, they will be considered based on the grades achieved, and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Clerk to the Governors, care of the School’s address.Students wishing to transfer from other schools into the Sixth Form may make application. Pupils at Dover Grammar School for Boys transferring from Year 11 will have priority for places on courses available in Year 12. The total number of places in Year 12 is 130. The PAN for external candidates is set at 10 but this �gure is likely to be exceeded in the very probable event that fewer than 120 internal pupils transfer into Year 12.

Oversubscription criteriaWhere external applications for admission into the Sixth form exceed the number of places available, the over-subscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.

GeneralAfter a place has been o�ered, the School reserves the right to withdraw it in the following circumstances:• Where a parent has failed to respond to an offer within a reasonable time; or• Where a parent has failed to notify the School of important changes to the application information; or• Where the admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parentThe School will agree any changes to its admissions arrangements with the Secretary of State for Education.

It will establish arrangements for appeals against non-admission which will include an independent element. Details of admissions and appeals arrangements will be published each year.A map of the location of the School may be found on our web-site www.dovergramboys.kent.sch.uk


90



Open Sessions: Open Evening: Tuesday, 9th June 2015Open Day Tours: Wednesday, 10th & Thursday 11th June 2015 9.30am & 11.30am both daysSixth Form Open Evening: Thursday 20th November 2014

Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure or Dover TestThe Dover Test will take place on: Saturday, 13th September 2014

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible girls in the following priority order-





In the event of any of the above criteria being oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance

Dover Grammar School for GirlsFrith Road, Dover, CT16 2PZTel: 01304 206625Fax: 01304 242400E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Matthew Bartlett

Admissions Contact Name: Kim O’Brien

Type of School: Secondary, Community, Grammar, Girls (and Boys in the Sixth Form)








91

as described above with those closest being given higher priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.




Sixth Form Admissions arrangements:The school welcomes applications to join its Sixth Form from students currently attending other schools. In 2014, there were 100 applicants for external places. The school has capacity for 150 students in each of the Lower and Upper Sixth year groups.

Entry RequirementsStudents are expected to achieve:

• 6 GCSE passes A*-C to include at least Grade C in both English Language and Mathematics and a minimum of four of these passes at grade B or above (usually in the subjects the student wishes to study at AS level).

• Students wishing to study Mathematics, any Science subject or any Modern Foreign Language, should achieve an A grade in the appropriate subject(s) at GCSE.

• Students wishing to study Further Mathematics should achieve A* in Maths at GCSE.

Oversubscription CriteriaThe school may enrol students above the expected number of places in the VI Form if there are su�cient places on the particular combination of courses requested by suitably quali�ed applicants

If the number of applications to the Sixth Form exceeds the number of available places, priority will be awarded to

those who meet the entry requirements on the basis of the admissions criteria given above

Application can be made via Kentchoices 4U or by our own application form which can be downloaded from our website: www.dggs.kent.sch.uk

Open Evening: Thursday 20th November 2014


92



Open Sessions:Parents are able to visit the School by arranging an appointment with the Registrar, Miss Caroline Cant, Tel: 01304 245073 or e-mail: [email protected]


1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority become subject toan adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989.)

2. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who are normally resident in the ‘area’[1] who, because of high family mobility, qualify for Ministry of Defence �nancial assistance with the cost of boarding school fees.

A child will also be considered to be a resident of the area if:

a) The family’s normal home is in the area; or

b) If the family is a military family, whose unit is based in the area.

Examples of evidence of residence will be Council Tax bills, utility bills or a letter of con�rmation from the unit commander or designated deputy.

3.Other children of members of the UK Armed Forces who, because of high family mobility, qualify for Ministry of Defence �nancial assistance with the cost of boarding school fees. A letter from the unit commander or designated deputy will be required as evidence of residence.

4. Children with a boarding need, allocated to the following sub-categories in order:

a) Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who have died while serving or who have been discharged as a result of attributable injury. The application should be supported by a letter from the UK military authorities.

b) Children at risk or with an unstable home environment. Such applications must be supported by the child’s home Local Authority or be supported, in writing, by an appropriate professional such as a social worker which demonstrates “why the Child would bene�t fromattending a boarding school”.

c) Children of key workers and Crown Servants working abroad whose work dictates that they spend much of the year overseas. The application will need to be supported

Duke of York’s Royal Military SchoolAn Academy with Military TraditionsDover, Kent, CT15 5EQTel: 01304 245023Fax: 01304 245019E-mail: [email protected]

Executive Principal: Mr Chris Russell

Admissions Contact Name: Miss Caroline Cant

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, High, Mixed, Boarding

Age Range: 11-19 Boarding Students

Published Admission No:104 LA No: 886 DFE No: 6918

Published Admission No:52 boys 52 girls





93

by a letter from the appropriate authority demonstrating that the parent ful�ls these criteria.

5. The siblings of students who are already on the roll of the Academy and who will still be on roll when the applicant is admitted.

If you are o�ered a place under the Sibling Criterion, you will need to provide the following proof to con�rm that your child is eligible for a place under this criterion:

a) A copy of a recent Child Tax Credit or Child Bene�t con�rmationletter showing the parent(s) and address and the children that they are claiming for.

b) A utility bill issued within the last 3 months.

6. The remaining places will be o�ered to students with the nearest distance measurement on the basis of proximity; i.e. students who live the nearest distance. Home to Academy distance will be measured as between the child’s permanent address and the Academy’s main entrance in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data.

Tie BreakIf categories 2 or 3 are oversubscribed the following will be used as a tie break, in priority order:

a) The siblings of students who are already on roll and who will continue to be on roll.

b) Children of multiple birth (twins, triplets etc).

c) Random allocation will be used to determine who is admitted.

If category 4 is oversubscribed the following will be used as a tie break, in priority order:

a) Children who are normally resident in the AREA will be given priority.

b) The siblings of students who are already on roll and who will continue to be on roll when the child is admitted will be given priority.

c) Children of multiple birth.

d) Random allocation will be used to determine who is admitted.



b) Children of multiple birth.


If category 6 is oversubscribed and the �nal vacancy has 2 students with the same distance measurement, random allocation will be used to determine who is admitted.

The ‘area’ means the following Local Authority areas: Kent, Medway, E Sussex, Thurrock, Bexley and Bromley.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes, Application and Suitability for boarding form obtainable from the School.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsThe Duke of York’s Royal Military School is a full boarding School and Sixth Form provision is also operated on a full boarding basis. Applications from external candidates for full boarding Sixth Form places will be considered subject to them meeting the suitability for boarding assessment criteria as well as the requirements for academic achievement.

Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A* - C grade including Maths and English. Minimum grades in their preferred AS subjects are published in the most recent Sixth Form Prospectus.


Oversubscription CriteriaFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to

94


learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out below to rank students until the overall �gure for the year group is reached

1. Children in Local Authority Care – A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

2. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who are normally resident in the ‘area’[1] who, because of high family mobility, qualify for Ministry of Defence �nancial assistance with the cost of boarding school fees.

A child will also be considered to be a resident of the area if:

a) The family’s normal home is in the area; or

b) If the family is a military family, whose unit is based in the area.

Examples of evidence of residence will be Council Tax bills, utility bills or a letter of con�rmation from the unit commander or designated deputy.

3.Other children of members of the UK Armed Forces who, because of high family mobility, qualify for Ministry of Defence �nancial assistance with the cost of boarding school fees. A letter from the unit commander or designated deputy will be required as evidence of residence.

4. Children with a boarding need, allocated to the following sub-categories in order:

a) Children of members of the UK Armed Forces who have died while serving or who have been discharged as a result of attributable injury. The application should be supported by a letter from the UK military authorities.b) Children at risk or with an unstable home environment. Such applications must be supported by the child’s home Local Authority or be supported, in writing, by an

appropriate professional such as a social worker which demonstrates “why the Child would bene�t fromattending a boarding school”.

c) Children of key workers and Crown Servants working abroad whose work dictates that they spend much of the year overseas. The application will need to be supported by a letter from the appropriate authority demonstrating that the parent ful�ls these criteria.

5. The siblings of students who are already on the roll of the Academy and who will still be on roll when the applicant is admitted.

If you are o�ered a place under the Sibling Criterion, you will need to provide the following proof to con�rm that your child is eligible for a place under this criterion:

a) A copy of a recent Child Tax Credit or Child Bene�t con�rmation letter showing the parent(s) and address and the children that they are claiming for.

b) A utility bill issued within the last 3 months.

6. The remaining places will be o�ered to students with the nearest distance measurement on the basis of proximity; i.e. students who live the nearest distance. Home to Academy distance will be measured as between the child’s permanent address and the Academy’s main entrance in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data.

Tie BreakIf categories 2 or 3 are oversubscribed the following will be used as a tie break, in priority order:

a) The siblings of students who are already on roll and who will continue to be on roll.

b) Children of multiple birth (twins, triplets etc).





95

b) The siblings of students who are already on roll and who will continue to be on roll when the child is admitted will be given priority.

c) Children of multiple birth.

d) Random allocation will be used to determine who is admitted.

If category 5 is oversubscribed the following will be used as a tie break, in priority order:a) Children who are normally resident in the AREA will be given priority.

b) Children of multiple birth.


If category 6 is oversubscribed and the �nal vacancy has 2 students with the same distance measurement, random allocation will be used to determine who is admitted.

The ‘area’ means the following Local Authority areas: Kent, Medway, E Sussex, Thurrock, Bexley and Bromley.

O�ers and AppealsConditional O�ers will be made on the basis of the satisfactory completion of the boarding suitability process and the predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s 4 chosen subjects being considered within the timetable, in feasible group sizes.


96


For information about the academy, please visit the academy website www.theebbs�eetacademy.kent.sch.uk

Open Sessions: Wednesday 24th September, Wednesday 1st October, Wednesday 8th October – open mornings, 8:50-10:30Open Evening – Wednesday 24th September – 5.30 – 7Open Morning Saturday 27th September – 10 - 12


a) Where the student is in local authority careDe�nition: A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act), or a child adopted from care

b) Where the student has a sibling on roll at the time of application or admissionDe�nition: A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts.

In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters

c) Proximity of the student’s permanent residence to The Ebbs�eet Academy, measured by a straight line, with those living nearest being accorded the highest priorityThe distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the Academy measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the Academy as speci�edby Ordnance Survey. The Academy uses measurements provided by the LA.




The Ebbsfleet AcademySouth�eet Road, Swanscombe, DA10 0BZTel: 01322 623100Fax: 01322 623108E-mail:�ynnk@theebbs�eetacademy.kent.sch.ukwww.theebbs�eetacademy.kent.sch.uk

Principal: Ms A Colwell

Admissions Contact Name: Ms K Flynn








97


Open Sessions: Wednesday 8th Oct 2014 – 6pm – 8.30pmVisits to the school at any other time – By Appointment Only through the School O�ce


a) Children in Local Care Authority – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with the parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the Local Authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Siblings of students who will be attending the school and living at the same address on the date when the applicant will be admitted.

c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with our legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need.

Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardian’s physical or mental, health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need. Such claims need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner whocan demonstrate a special connection between the needs and the school.

d) Children who live the nearest distance from the school using the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data.




The Ellington and Hereson SchoolNewlands Lane, Ramsgate, CT12 6RH01843 572500Fax: 01843 572501E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr S Pullen

Admissions Contact Name: Miss D Wood








98



Open Session: Wednesday 1st October 2014 5.30pm – 8.00pm


a) Children in Local Authority Care;

b) Health and special access reasons;

c) Children of sta� in either or both of the following circumstances:

i) where the member of sta� has been employed at the Academy for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made, and/orii) the member of sta� is recruited to �ll a vacant post in the Academy for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage for the requirements of the post

d) Children living within the Secondary Phase catchment area.( Please note a detailed map de�ning the boundary of Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase) designated area can be obtained from the Folkestone Academy. Proof of residency will be requested. Original documentation

(not photocopies) will be required for this purpose).This catchment area extends from east of Dover Hill as far west as Cherry Garden Avenue, Coolinge Lane and Sandgate Hill. To the north the catchment area extends beyond Hawkinge to Selsted.

If there are more pupils ful�lling this criterion than places available, priority will be given as follows:

i. Admission of pupils whose siblingsii who will be in

the Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase) at time of admission;

ii. Nearness of pupil’s permanentiii

home to the Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase), as measured by a straight line

iv.

e) Children living outside the Secondary Phase catchment area. If there are more pupils ful�lling this criterion than places available, priority will be given as follows:

i. Admission of pupils whose siblingsii who will be in

the Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase) at time of admission;

ii. Nearness of pupil’s permanent home to the Folkestone Academy (Secondary Phase), as measured by a straight line

iv.

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –Applications to the Folkestone Academy Sixth Form should be made via the online Kent Area Prospectus available on the following website www.kentchoices4u.com. The capacity for the sixth form will be 500.

Priority is given to Folkestone Academy pupils transferring. If there are any places available for external applicants and there are more eligible applicants than

The Folkestone Academy Academy Lane, Folkestone, CT19 5FPTel: 01303 842400Fax: 01303 842417E-mail:[email protected]

Headteacher (Secondary School): Warren Smith

Admissions Contact Name: Donna Eastland

Type of School: All Age Academy, All Ability, Mixed

Age Range: 4 – 19 Day Pupils

Specialisms: Creative Arts, Media and European Culture



Number of Yr 7 places o�ered 3 March 2014: 270



99

places available the Academy Trust will apply the secondary phase oversubscription criteria to determine who is admitted.

Pupils will be required to meet speci�ed academic requirements to be permitted to follow their chosen courses. If pupils fail to meet the minimum course requirements they will be given the option of pursuing any alternative courses for which they do meet the minimum academic requirements. In the event of oversubscription on a particular course, places will be allocated in line with the secondary phase oversubscription criteria above.




i A “Looked After” Children is de�ned by the Children Act 1989 as a child or young person who is accommodated by the local authority (Section 20) or a child or young person who is the subject of a full care order (Section 31) or interim Care Order (Section 38). A previously “looked after” child is one who immediately after being “looked after” became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. An “adoption order” is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. A “residence order” is an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live under section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 de�nes a “special guardianship order” as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians). ii in this context the term “sibling” refers to a child who lives as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. iii A permanent home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the child’s home address on the day your completed your application form If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. ivNearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the

school site is used for everybody. Information on how distances (including tiebreakers) are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA.

A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. v Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

100



Open Sessions: Year 5 Open Evening Thursday 25th June 2015Open Mornings - Monday 29th June and Friday 3rd July 2015

Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure or Shepway Test.The Shepway Test will take place on : Saturday 13th September 2014

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible girls in the following priority order –

i. Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

ii. Girls who reside in the District of Shepway (a map of this area is available from the school). In the event of

the number of successful students in Shepway exceeding the number of places available, the nearness of a child’s home to school will apply (see below for full details).

iii. Other girls who satisfy the selection requirements, with those living nearest to the school being given the higher priority. This will also serve as a tie-breaker in the event of a tie for the last place. In order to assess the nearness of a child’s home to school, we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home, to a point de�ned as within the school, as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements:-We o�er a range of academic & vocational subjects to our 6th form students and all have entrance requirements at GCSE - see 6th form prospectus for full details.

The school participates in the Kent Online Application Scheme and all applicants are required to submit an online application which can be accessed from the website: www.kentchoices4u.com.

Admission Number Year 12 The admission number for external candidates will be 25, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group which is 180.

Folkestone School for GirlsCoolinge Lane, Folkestone, CT20 3RBTel: 01303 251125Fax: 01303 248651E-mail: npetrie@folkestonegirls.kent.sch.ukwww.folkestonegirls.kent.sch.uk

Principal: Mrs Tracy Luke

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Nikki Petrie

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Girls







101

Details of application deadlines can be found in the 6th form prospectus and the online area prospectus. Applicants should comply with the deadline date to enable us to plan courses e�ectively.

Academic Requirements For entry onto our AS and A2 level courses we require:

• a minimum of 6 separately identi�able GCSE subjects at grade B or above, and at least a grade C in English Language and Mathematics;

• a grade B or above in the chosen course of study or a related subject as speci�ed in the 6th form prospectus. To study Mathematics, Science or MFL subjects, an A/A* grade is recommended;

• where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades, they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the following over subscription criteria will be applied in the order set out below to rank students until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:

i. Children in Local Authority Care - as de�ned in the whole school admission policy;

ii. Rank order of merit in GCSE quali�cations;

iv. Distance from home to school - as de�ned in the whole school admission policy.

Any applicant refused a place in the Sixth Form is entitled to make an appeal to an independent appeal panel, whether the student is already attending the school or is an external candidate. Appeals may be lodged by the parent, by the student or both.

AppealsParents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.

Applicants from Overseas It should be noted that any student who applies for entry to the 6th Form with quali�cations other than those recognised in the UK will be required to demonstrate that she has achieved the required standard for entry. This may involve tests in a range of subjects.

GeneralAfter a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:

• when a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or

• when a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or

• the admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.


102



Open Sessions: Wednesday 8th October 2014 & Thursday 9th October 201410am-12noon & 1pm-3pmOversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order –

a. Children in the care of the Local Authority (a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989))

b. Particular aptitude in either sport or performing arts (governors award a maximum of 10% of such places in total). Places will only be o�ered under this criterion if the parent has expressed a preference on the “CommonApplication Form” for Fulston Manor School.

c. Brothers or sisters of students who will be in the school at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means: a natural brother or sister including adopted siblings, stepbrother or stepsister or those who liveas brother or sister in the same house.

d. Children of sta� who will have been employed at the school for a minimum of two years at the time of entry

e. Children who attend primary schools which are part of the Multi-Academy Trust including Fulston Manor School.f. Residence in the villages of Borden, Bredgar, Frinsted, Milstead, Rodmersham, Tunstall and Wormshill together with Highsted Valley.

g. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school.

Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to besupported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needsand the particular school.

h. Nearness to school based on the distance of a student’s home (where the child resides for the majority of the week) from Fulston Manor School. The distance between the child’s permanent home address and theschool is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from

Fulston Manor SchoolBrenchley Road, Sittingbourne, ME10 4EGTel: 01795 475228Fax: 01795 428144E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr A G Brookes

Admissions Contact Name: Leanne Brankin









103

a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Parents wishing to apply for a Sport or Music place are required to complete a supplementary form.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – For Post 16 admissions, priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external candidates will be 50, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this, and the number of internal students transferring into Year 12, is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 200.

Students are admitted to the Sixth Form subject to the following:

a) a formal application by student and parent and an academic guidance meeting to determine the courses to be studied

b) availability of a speci�c course or combination of courses

c) minimum entry requirements for speci�c courses:

i) for Level 2 courses: 5 GCSEs at grade A*-Gii) for A/S and A2 levels: 5 GCSEs at grade C or above, including English Language and Mathematics and at least a grade C at GCSE in the same or a related subject

Oversubscription Criteria In the case of oversubscription, the following criteria will apply in the order below:

a) children in the care of a local authority/previously in local authority care

b) students with a sibling living at the same address and attending the school at the time of entry

c) health and special access reasons

d) nearness of children’s homes to the school

n.b. Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels. Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.


104



Open Sessions: Mornings of 20th/21st/22nd October – 9:00 – 11.30amEvening of 22nd October 7pm



1. Boys who are in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) who is subject to a care order (Part IV) of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989.)

2. Eligible boys who have a brother (or sister in the 6th Form) who will be attending the School when the applicant joins or is a former student. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or

sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. Eligible boys who have a parent who is a member of sta� provided that they have been employed for a minimum of two years and/or are recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skills shortage.

4. Eligible boys who live within the borough of Gravesham.

5. Eligible boys who live within the civil parishes of Ash cum Ridley, Bean, Fawkham, Hartley, Long�eld, New Barn, South�eet, Stansted and Swanscombe and Greenhithe (Galley Hill and Swanscombe wards).

6. All other eligible boys.

Children will be ranked within each of the over-subscription criteria according to the nearness of the child’s home to the School. In the event more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school, then a random selection will be applied. We use the distance between the child’s permanent address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

A map showing Gravesham and the local parishes listed in the over-subscriptioncriteria is available from the School or at www.gravesendgrammar.eu.

Gravesend Grammar SchoolChurch Walk, Gravesend, DA12 2PRTel: 01474 331893Fax: (01474) 331894E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr G S Wybar

Admissions Contact Name: Ian Cook

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Boys


Specialisms: Maths, Computing, Language College






105



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –The academic condition for entry is 6 or more GCSE quali�cations at grade A*-C (including English and Maths), with at least 4 GCSEs at grade B or above. English Language and English Literature are regarded as two separate subjects. Admission will only be possible if a coherent course is available.

The Admission number for students joining Gravesend Grammar for the �rst time at age 16+ (or into Year 12) is 30. This �gure may be exceeded in the event that the number of existing boys in Year 11 transferring into Year 12 is less than 150. The total number of students in Year 12 should not be more than 180.

Oversubscription CriteriaFor students joining the school at 16 the following oversubscription criteria will apply in the event of external applications taking the number over 180.

• Eligible students in Local Authority care (see main school criteria)• Eligible students who have a brother or a sister who will be attending the school when the applicant joins or is a former student (see main school criteria)• Students with the best aggregate GCSE points scores in their best 6 subjects including English and Maths.• If the aggregate scores are the same in their best six subjects, then distance from school (as in the main school criteria) will be the tie breaker.

Students who do better than they are predicted to do may re-apply after results day if they meet the sixth form entrance requirements. Oversubscription criteria may apply if the sixth form has reached 180 students. Students will only be made o�ers if there is space available in the subjects they wish to study.

Parents have the right to appeal a decision not to admit their child to the School. They should write to the Clerk to the Governors at the School indicating the grounds on which they wish to base their appeal.

TransportPlease note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances

KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport

106


Hadlow Rural Community School provides a unique and challenging experience ensuring that students reach and surpass their full academic potential whilst developing the business leaders and rural entrepreneurs for the future. To access further information please contact the school or visit the school’s website.

Open Sessions: Monday 29th September

Hadlow Rural Community School ToursTours from 10.00am – 11.00am by appointment only. Please book with the School O�ce on 01732 853241.

Wednesday 1st OctoberHadlow Rural Community School ToursTours from 10.00am – 11.00am by appointment only. Please book with the School O�ce on 01732 853241.

Thursday 16th October Hadlow Rural Community School – Open EveningThe School will be open from 6.00pm – 8.30pm. Headteacher presentations at 6.30pm and 7.15pm will be held in the Hadlow College Animal Management Unit building adjacent to the School.

Monday 20th OctoberHadlow Rural Community School ToursTours from 10.00am – 11.00am by appointment only. Please book with the School O�ce on 01732 853241.

Wednesday 22nd OctoberHadlow Rural Community School ToursTours from 10.00am – 11.00am by appointment only. Please book with the School O�ce on 01732 853241.


a) Looked After Children and previously Looked After Children. Highest priority will be given to Looked After Children or previously looked after, in accordance with the relevant provisions of the School Admissions Code.A ‘looked after child’ is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise oftheir social services functions (see the de�nition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an application to a school. The de�nition of “previously looked after children” in the Admissions Code is children who were looked after, but ceased to be so because they were adopted or became subject to a residence order or special guardianship order.

b) Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whoseparents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Suchclaims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed

Hadlow Rural Community SchoolHadlow College,Tonbridge Road, Hadlow, Kent TN11 0ALTel: 01732 853241Fax: 01732 853207E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Paul Boxall

Admissions Contact Name: Belinda Woodward

Type of School: Free School, Secondary, All Ability, Mixed


Specialisms: Science, Business and Enterprise




Expected number on roll: 330 by September 2017


107

medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connectionbetween these needs and the particular school.

c) Admission of pupils whose siblings currently attend Hadlow Rural Community School and who will continue to do so on the date of admission;

For the purpose of allocating places, sibling means;• Full sibling living at the same address as the applicant• Step sibling living at the same address as the applicant• Half sibling living at the same address as the applicant• Long term foster sibling living at the same address as the applicant

d) Admission of students, on the basis of proximity to the school using a straight line measurement. Distances will be measured using the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

In the event of (a) two or more children living at the same address point (e.g. children resident in a block of �ats) or (b) two addresses measuring the same distance from the school, allocation will be determined by a tie-breaker.Where parents have shared responsibility for a child, e.g. following the breakdown of their relationship the home address for admissions purposes will be the address where the child is registered with the GP.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – N/A


108



Open Sessions:Monday 29th September 2014 – 6.30 – 8.30 pmWednesday 1st October 2014 – 6.30 – 8.30 pm


• Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is thesubject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order.(As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

• Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.


• Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010.

Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needsmean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and theparticular school.

• Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data.

Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.


Hartsdown AcademyGeorge V Avenue, Margate, CT9 5RETel: 01843 227957Fax: 01843 578002E-mail: [email protected]

Principal: Mr A Somers

Admissions Contact Name: Claire Titherington









109


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – All Hartsdown Academy Students in Year 11 will be encouraged to apply for the Sixth Form, priority will be given to existing pupils transferring who meet the entrance criteria.

Admission to study Level 3 courses in the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C including English and Maths and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.

We aim to o�er a range of academic and vocational quali�cations to our Sixth Form students and many of these require minimum grades at GCSE to study at Level 1 and 2.

Our policy is to ensure that the students accepted into the Sixth Form can be placed on appropriate courses where they are likely to succeed. Students are invited to attend the open evening in the autumn term.

We also accept external applications from students wishing to transfer from another institution. Students are asked to select provisional course preferences. This is not a �rm commitment and they will be able to reconsider their options after the GCSE results are published and in light of the Academy’s timetable.

We require all students to make a formal application for September 2015 via www.ucas.com/progress web site. Every student will be required to attend a guidance meeting with our sta� to discuss the most suitable courses of study.

The admission number for external candidates is up to 50, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group.

O�ersO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the students chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.


O�ers will be made on www.ucas.com/progress website during the spring/summer term. O�ers will be con�rmed once the Academy has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.


Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the Academy.


For further help/advice please contact our Head of Sixth Form on 01843 227957.


110



Open Sessions: Please contact the school for further information

Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure or the Shepway TestShepway Test will take place on: Saturday 13th September 2014

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible boys in the following priority order –

i. Looked after children - as required by the Regulations of 2005 the school will give top priority to applications on behalf of children in public care (looked after children), who meet the entry requirements. A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or whois subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act is deemed to be a looked after child. This also applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject toan adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and

Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989.)

ii. Boys who reside in the District of Shepway

iii. Other boys who satisfy the selection requirements, with those living nearest to the school being given the higher priority - this will also serve as a tie-breaker in the event of a tie for the last place. The distance is measured between the student’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.The school uses measurements provided by the LA.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –The school welcomes applications to join its Sixth Form from students currently attending other schools. More information on how to apply can be accessed at www.harveygs.kent.sch.uk or by contacting the school directly. We have a PAN (Published Admission Number) of 25 for external admissions. The same admission criteria will apply to both internal and external students.

Academic RequirementsFor entry onto our AS and A2 level courses we require:• A minimum of six separately identifiable GCSE subjects at grade A* - C, including English Language and Mathematics of which a minimum of four of these should be at grade B.

The Harvey Grammar SchoolCheriton Road, Folkestone, CT19 5JYTel: 01303 252131Fax: 01303 220721E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr S Norman

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs K Bristow



Specialisms: Sports with Mathematics






111

• A Grade B or above in the chosen course of study or a related subject as speci�ed in the Sixth Form Prospectus.

Meeting the requirements is no guarantee that the applicant will automatically be o�ered a place on the course. Entry into Year 13 will depend on the courses required, the availability of a place within the groups and the applicant’s results from any AS Level modules taken in Year 12. All students wishing to complete their A Level study in Year 13 will be expected to attain a minimum of three D grades at AS.

Over-subscriptionIf by the �rst day of term the number of applicants to the Sixth Form exceeds the number of available places, priority will be awarded to those who meet the entry requirements on the basis of:i. looked after children - as de�ned in the whole school admission policy;

ii. applications from internal candidates;

iii. rank order of merit in GCSE quali�cations;iv. distance from home to school - as de�ned in the whole school admission policy.


All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.

Conditional o�ers will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.


Parents and pupils have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.




112



Open Sessions: Wednesday, 24 September – Open Morning (9.00 – 10.00am)Wednesday, 24 September - Open Evening (6.00 - 9.00pm)Thursday, 2 October - Open Morning (Tour at 9.00am)Tuesday, 7 October - Open Afternoon (Tour at 2.30pm)Thursday, 16 October - Open Morning (Tour at 9.00am)Tuesday, 21 October - Open Afternoon (Tour at 2.30pm)Thursday, 23 October - Co�ee Morning/Q&A Session (Tour at 9.00am)


a) Where the student is in local authority care De�nition: A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act), or a child adopted from care

b) Where the student has a sibling on roll at the time of application or admission De�nition: A brother or sister attending the school when application is made or when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters

c) Proximity of the student’s permanent residence to the Hayesbrook School, measured by a straight line, with those living nearest being accorded the highest priority The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.



Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements Students (boys and girls) are able to join The Hayesbrook School in Year 12 for sixth form studies. The speci�c academic entry requirements for Level 3 [A Level] courses are 5 A*-C GCSE grades with the preference for English and mathematics to be included in those A*-C grades.

Students will need a B grade in the same subject at GCSE for entry to an A level course. Where there is no GCSE or

The Hayesbrook SchoolAn Academy within the Brook Learning TrustBrook Street, Tonbridge, TN9 2PHTel: 01732 500600Fax: 01732 500556E-mail: [email protected]

CEO: Mrs D J Coslett, MBA, BA (Hons), PGCE, NPQH, NLE

Principal: Mr D J A Day, MA, PGCE, NPQH, NLE

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs C Taylor

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Boys’ (Mixed Sixth Form)


Specialisms: Sports College






113

equivalent course, a decision will be made on relevant English and mathematics GCSE grades.

The Hayesbrook Pro-Soccer Academy will o�er 24 places through trials and a student having obtained 5+ A*-C GCSE grades.

O�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.






Students in Year 11 at The Hayesbrook School have priority over those seeking to join the sixth form from other schools. No more than the “Net Capacity Assessment” (currently 160 students) are admitted to Year 12 and in the event of over subscription the criteria above for Year 7 entry will be applied after the GCSE entry criteria . No more than 50% of this number will be new admissions from other institutions.

TransportPlease note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home.

Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport

114



Open Sessions:Wednesday 8th October, 6.00 – 9.00pmTuesday 14th, Wednesday 15th, Thursday 16th October, 9.15 – 10.15am Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated within the ability bands described below and the oversubscription criteria applied to each band.

BandingAny applicants who have passed the Kent Test will automatically be allocated to Band 7 and will not be required to sit the banding assessment. All applicants who have not passed the Kent Test are required to sit a nonverbal cognitive ability assessment. This assessment is not an entry test; it is to enable students of di�erent abilities to have an equal opportunity to gain a place at Herne Bay High School. The pro�le also enables the school to operate as a comprehensive school. Further detailed explanation of this and the aptitude test are available from the school but the table below gives indicative proportions and numbers.

Band 1 2 3 4

CAT SASScore

Lessthan 82

82-88 89-96 97-103

Percentageof cohort

11% 12% 17% 20%

Number ofstudents

28 31 44 52

Band 5 6 7

CAT SASScore

104-111 112-118 Morethan 118

Percentageof cohort

17% 12% 11%

Number ofstudents

44 31 28

Applicants who do not sit the assessment, other than those who have passed the Kent Test, will be ranked according to the oversubscription criteria and allocated a place only in the event that there are available places at the school after students who have taken the assessment have been considered.

For each band the following over-subscription criteria will be applied:

1. Children in Local Authority Care. A child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As

Herne Bay High SchoolBullockstone Road, Herne Bay, CT6 7NSTel: 01227 361221E-mail: [email protected]

Principal: Dr C Owen

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs A Clifton



Specialisms: Sport, Training School






115

de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

2. Current Family Association. A brother or sister on the roll of Herne Bay High School at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.

3. Proximity of a student’s home to the school, with those residing in the CT6 postcode area and living closest being given highest priority. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority.

A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child may sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed your application form.

If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

Note – where less than the required number falls into a band, we will distribute evenly from adjacent bands.


1. When a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time or

2. When a parent fails to notify the school of important changes to the application information or

3. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria.

Overall entry requirements are for admission to Sixth Form are:Level 2 – 5 GCSE Grade A* - E including Maths and English Minimum Grade DLevel 3 – 5 GCSE Grade A* - C including Maths and English Minimum Grade C

All applicants are invited to discuss their choices at an information, advice and guidance meeting in the Spring term.

The admission number for external candidates will be 15, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure. Subject to course availability the overall year group total is 150.

When students are likely to achieve the minimum grades for entry they will be referred to CXK Ltd for personal guidance and support in the application process for Level 1/2/3 courses at the local Further Education colleges.




116


O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes. i.e. (Up to a maximum of 18 in academic subjects and 14 in practical subjects). Viability will be determined at 6 students or more if the course is to be provided.








117


Open Sessions: Thursday 9 October 2014, 4.30 pm to 8.00 pmThursday 11 June 2015, 4.30 pm to 8.00 pm


Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order –

a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 20 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Current Family Association – a brother or sister in the same school at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means child who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted


c) Health and Special Access Reasons - children whose health or physical impairment means they have to attend a particular school. Health reasons must be strong and must be supported with evidence in writing by a medical practitioner. The evidence must demonstrate a special connection between the child’s needs and the particular school. A physical impairment must be such that it requires the child to attend the particular school because its buildings do not inhibit his/her mobility.

d) Nearness of children’s homes to school. We use the distance between the child’s permanent address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of six GCSE passes at grade C or above including Maths and English and A*-B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.

The admission number for external candidates will be 12, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this

Highsted Grammar SchoolHighsted Road, Sittingbourne, ME10 4PTTel: 01795 424223Fax: 01795 429375E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Anne Kelly

Admissions Contact Name: Linda Sayers



Specialisms: Science





118


and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 120.












119


Open Sessions:Open Evening:Thursday 2 October 2014 5.30 to 8.30pm Principal and CEO speak at 6.15pm and 7.15pm

Open Mornings:Saturday 4 October 2014 Tours start at 10.00amTuesday 7 October 2014 Tours start at 9.00amThursday 9 October 2014 Tours start at 9.00amTours last approximately one hour. Other times are available by appointment.


a) Where the student is in local authority care De�nition: A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act), or a child adopted from care

b) Where the student has a sibling on roll at the time of application or admission De�nition: A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters

c) Proximity of the student’s permanent residence to The High Weald Academy, measured by a straight line, with those living nearest being accorded the highest priority The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.



Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements Students (boys and girls) are able to join The High Weald Academy in Year 12 for sixth form studies. The speci�c academic entry requirements for Level 3 [A Level] courses are 5 A*-C GCSE grades with the preference for English and mathematics to be included in those A*-C grades.

Students will need a B grade in the same subject at GCSE for entry to an A level course. Where there is no GCSE or equivalent course, a decision will be made on relevant English and mathematics GCSE grades.O�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the

The High Weald AcademyAn Academy within The Brook Learning TrustAngley Road, Cranbrook, TN17 2PJTel: 01580 712754Fax: 01580 715434E-mail:warmanj@highwealdacademy.kent.sch.ukwww.highwealdacademy.kent.sch.uk

CEO: Mrs D J Coslett, MBA, BA (Hons), PGCE, NPQH, NLE

Principal: Mrs C Beech

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J Warman



Specialisms: Sport





120








Oversubscription CriteriaStudents in Year 11 at The High Weald Academy have priority over those seeking to join the sixth form from other schools. No more than the “Net Capacity Assessment” (currently 180 students) are admitted to Year 12 and in the event of over subscription the criteria above for Year 7 entry will be applied after the GCSE entry criteria . No more than 50% of this number will be new admissions from other institutions.



121


Open Sessions:Y6 Open Evening: Thursday 23rd October 2014, 6.00pm to 8.00pmHeadteacher’s presentation at 6.15pm and 7.00pmY6 Open Morning: Friday 24th October 2014, 9.00am to 10.30amSixth Form Open Evening: Thursday 22nd January 2015

Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure.


• Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

• Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

• Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

• Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Highworth Grammar SchoolQuantock Drive, Ashford, TN24 8UDTel: 01233 624910Fax: 01233 612028E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr Paul Danielsen

Admissions (Years 7-11): Ms Karen Brad�eld

Admissions (Post 16): Mrs Rebecca Walker


AgeRange: 11-18 Day Pupils

Specialisms: Music

Published Admission: 184 LA No: 886 DFE No:4092




122




Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of:At least 6 GCSE subjects at grades A*- B At least a B grade in English At least a C grade in Mathematics The speci�c entry requirements for each AS subject















123


Open Sessions Open Evening Thursday 2 October: 5.30 – 8.30p.mHeadteacher presentation at 6.00, 6.45 and 7.30 p.m

Free shuttle service provided by Hams Travel during the evening running from Sainsbury’s car park at half-hourly intervals from 5.00 p.m

Open MorningsTuesday 7 and Wednesday 8 October 2014: Both from 9.00 to 10.30 a.m. Last tour at 10.00 a.m.Question and answer sessions with the Headteacher on mid-week Open Mornings

Saturday 4 October 2014: 10.00 – 12.00 noonHeadteacher presentation at 10.15 am and 11.00am

Hillview is a specialist school for the Performing Arts and 10% of places (20) will be allocated on the basis of aptitude in the Performing Arts. This will be assessed through tests carried out at the school, overseen by anindependent assessor. Application for these places must be made on an Application Form for Performing Arts Place, which is available on our school website or from the Admissions Secretary at the school, in addition to Hillview School being one of the named preferences on the Secondary Common Application Form. These places are not subject to the restrictions of the general oversubscription criteria listed below, except in the case of children in local authority care (No 1 below).

OversubscriptionBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

1. Where the child is in local authority care; This includes:- (i) a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. (ii) a child who immediately after being looked after by the Local Authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989 (iii) a child adopted under the 1976 Act.)

2. Where the child has a sibling attending the school at the time of entry; A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. Where the child is the daughter/son of a member of sta�; The member of sta� must have been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made, and/or

Hillview School for GirlsBrionne Gardens, Tonbridge, TN9 2HETel: 01732 352793Fax: 01732 368718E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs Elaine Buchanan

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs G Blacklee

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Girls


Specialisms: Performing Arts





124


the member of sta� is recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

4. Where there are health reasons for admitting the child; Medical, Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children who have a mental or physical impairment which means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend the school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend the school. All of the above types of claims must be supported with written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between those needs and the school.

5. proximity of the child’s home to the school, with those living nearer (measured in a straight line) being accorded the higher priority. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority. A map showing where places have been o�ered in the past and a commentary can be viewed on the school website.

If the school’s PAN is reached following admittance of one child of a multiple birth, the other child/children will be admitted over the PAN.

For the remaining 10% of places the following criteria will apply: • aptitude for the Performing Arts as determined by the school’s assessment procedure.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – for Performing Arts places only. Available from and returnable to the school.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above including English and Maths. There are additional subject speci�c entrance criteria which are outlined in the course guide and students must achieve an Average Points Score of 41.5 to access academic A level quali�cations.

There are 208 places available in Year 12 and we welcome external candidates where there are places within this �gure.









125




126



Open Mornings:Monday, 29 September 9.00am and 11.00amThursday, 2 October 9.00am and 11.00amSaturday, 4 October 10.00am – 12.00pm

Open Evening:Monday, 29 September 6.00pm – 8.30pm (Principal’s address 6.00pm and 7.00pm)

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order -

a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Current Family Association - a brother or sister in the same school at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means child who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

c) Health reasons (for which a medical certi�cate may be needed) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

d) Nearness of children’s homes to school. A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence. We use the distance between the child’s permanent address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.


Holmesdale Technology CollegeMalling Road, Snodland ME6 5HSTel: 01634 240416 Fax: 01634 244041E-mail:[email protected]

Executive Principal: Patrick Hannaway

School Principal: Mrs J Campbell

Chair of Governors: Mr R Sams

Admissions Contact: Mrs B Relf

Type of school: Foundation, Trust

Age Range: 11-18

Published Admission No:180 LA No: 886 DfES No: 4065

Number of applications for year 7 entry September 2013: 277

Number of places allocated 1 March 2013: 117



127

Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.Sixth Form Admission ArrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above including English and Maths and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.

The admission number for external candidates will be 10, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which are 70. Students who are members of the Malling and Holmesdale Federation will have priority as external candidates.

Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:







Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.




128



Open Sessions: Open Evening -Wednesday 24th September 4pm – 8pmOpen Mornings – Wednesday 1st Oct & Thursday 2nd Oct 10am-12noon


a) Children in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This will now also include children who were In-Care and have subsequently been adopted

b) 20% of intake will be admitted with reference to ability or aptitudeAll applicants will be invited to take part in an Assessment with the information gained from the assessment being used to select 72 students according to the scores achieved. In the event of a group of applicants having the same score at the 20% percentile the criteria for selection

from that group will be according to criteria speci�ed in paragraphs c) and d).

c) Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets etc) apply for a school place and the school would reach its Planned Admissions Number (PAN) after admitting one or more but before admitting all of the siblings, places will be o�ered to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN. The PAN will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN.

d) All other children by distance from the schoolThe distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

The school uses measurements provided by the LA. A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

Homewood School & Sixth Form CentreAshford Road, Tenterden, TN30 6LTTel: 01580 764222Fax: 01580 766267E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs Sally Lees MA (Oxon)

Admissions Contact Name: Ms L Castle

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed


Specialisms: Performing Arts, Applied Learning, Rural Dimension






129

A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep due to domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day the application form is completed and it must be EITHER owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. If the parents live separately but share responsibility for the child and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available within the school’s prospectus at the open days and evening and returnable to the school.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements:At Homewood Sixth Form Centre we o�er places to students on the basis of the most appropriate learning pathway to suit their individual needs and ambitions. Each separate course within each pathway carries its own tari�. There is therefore no blanket entry requirement to the Sixth Form, however for most A Level courses applicants should obtain a minimum of �ve GCSE passes at grade C or above and a B grade in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. For most Level 3 BTEC/OCR courses applicants should obtain a GCSE C grade or better or Merit at that subject at level 2, plus a C grade at GCSE English and Maths.

There are no speci�c entry requirements for the level 2 courses on o�er in the sixth form.

All applicants are invited to a meeting (with a parent or carer) to discuss their academic pathway and to generate the programme of study best suited to their individual pro�le. As a result of this meeting the student will be o�ered a place in the Sixth Form and a programme of courses (each of which will have its own requirement) that enables progression. If a student achieves better or worse GCSE results than predicted we are committed to ensuring that the student is guided onto a di�erent pathway of courses appropriate to their academic pro�le, which may di�er from their initial application.

Over-subscriptionThe overall �gure to be admitted to Year 12 will be the Published Admission Number for Year 11(currently 360 students) and up to 50% of this number may be admissions from other institutions.

Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for their particular courses of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out below to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:


2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sister.

4. Distance – we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. The school uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA. A more detailed de�nition of what constitutes a child’s permanent home and also how the measurement for �ats will be calculated is also contained in the LA Admissions Booklets.

In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider.

130


If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:


O�ers and AppealsO�ers for individual courses will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form. Courses will run according to the o�ers made as long as the group sizes meet an economically viable number.

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of Homewood School and Sixth Form Centre.





131


Open Sessions:Open Evening - Thursday 25th September 5pm – 8pmOpen Mornings - Tuesday 30th September and Wednesday 15th October - Tours at 9am – appointments to be made by contacting Mrs Riddle 01732 353544 ext 242Open Evening – Tuesday 7th October 6pm – 8pm


1. Looked After Children / Children in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 years for who the Local Authority (LA) provides accommodation by agreement with their parent (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject to a care order under Part 1V of the act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

2. Sibling / Current Family Association

A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN

3. Medical / Health and Special Access ReasonsMedical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the Hugh Christie Technology College’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend Hugh Christie Technology College. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social need means there is a demonstrable and signi�cant need for their child to attend Hugh Christie Technology College. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and Hugh Christie Technology College.

4. Distance / Nearness of children’s home to collegeThe distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the college measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the college as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The college uses measurements provided by the LA. A map of the locality is held at the college for consultation should it be required.

Hugh Christie Technology CollegeWhite Cottage Road, Tonbridge, TN10 4PUTel: 01732 353544Fax: 01732 367833E-mail: [email protected] www.hughchristie.kent.sch.uk

Executive Principal: Jon Barker

Head of School: Mark Fenn

Admissions Contact Name: Nicki Riddle








132


A block of �ats has a single address point of reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the college. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the college the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

Child’s home addressThe distance between the child’s permanent home address and Hugh Christie Technology College is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned within the grounds of Hugh Christie Technology College as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for Hugh Christie Technology College, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school.

A child’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence (not an address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian or leased or rented to them under a lease or written rental agreement. Where partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of week days.

In the event of a tie breaker situation the nearness of an applicant’s home to college will be the decider. If in the unlikely event more than one applicant has the exact same distance from home to college (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and

gaining the relevant entry grade in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.









Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places


133

that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.





134



Open Sessions:10 October 2014 – 11+ Open Evening 6 – 9 pm18 October 2014 – 11+ Open Morning 9 – 11 am22 October 2014 – 11+ Open Morning 9 – 11 am


Oversubscription criteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible girls in the following priority order:

a) Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context, brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

c) Medical, Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations; in particular those under the Equality Act 2010 Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally, this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

d) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.

If, in the event, more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the

Invicta Grammar SchoolHuntsman Lane, Maidstone, ME14 5DSTel: 01622 755856Fax: 01622 678584E-mail: o�[email protected]

Chief Executive of the Valley Invicta Academies Trust: Dr Limbert

Headteacher: Mrs Derrick

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Kim Sta�ord



Specialisms: Business & Enterprise, Mathematics, ICT and Languages






135

local authority), then a random selection will be applied (in accordance with the KCC de�nition). In the event that the �nal place o�ered from the ranked list falls to a pupil of a multiple birth, the school will o�er a place to each of these children who have met the over-subscription criteria.

Home Address:We will accept as a pupil’s address the residential property that is the child’s only or main residence, not an address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep due to domestic arrangements. It will be either:i Owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian; orii Leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.

Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of the child’s permanent residency at the property concerned. The Trust reserves the right to check information given on the application form. If any information given on the form is found to be incorrect, or if parents fail to notify the school of important changes in the information, the o�er of a school place can be withdrawn. The school can only accept one current home address on the Secondary Common Application Form. If parents live separately from their partner but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, the school will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of nights in each week. The o�er of a place may be withdrawn if proof of residency is not met.


Waiting lists will be maintained until the end of the school year. Anyone wishing to remain on the on the waiting list should contact the school to request this.

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – mixed in Sixth Form. Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria (on average 180 students). Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining:

• a minimum of 6 A* - C grades at GCSE or equivalent (including a minimum of 5 B grades at GCSE to give students access to a range of AS courses / subjects)• the minimum entry requirements specified by the subjects of their choice• a supportive letter confirming suitability for AS/A2 study and the preferred subject choices.

The admission number for external candidates is 50, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 230.





Oversubscription Criteria Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:

O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.



136


Parents and students have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria.



137

To access general information about the academy, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the academy or visit the academy’s website.

Open Sessions: Open Mornings: Tuesday 7th, Wednesday 8th, Thursday 9th, Friday 10th October 2014 from 9.00am-10.30am.

Open Evening: Tuesday, 7th October 2014 from 5.00pm-8.00pm.

Please contact the Admissions O�ce on 01233 662810 to book a place on one of the above morning sessions


a) children who are or have previously been in public care;

b) in respect of transfer into Y7 and Y12, children and young people who are already attending the Academy in Y6 and Y11 respectively (in other words, the Planned Admission Number for new applications to join the Academy in Y7 is 210 less the number of children (not exceeding 60) transferring into Y7 who are already attending the Academy in Y6)

c) children whose sibling/s currently attend/s the Academy and who will continue to do so on the date of admission; in this context sibling means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters;

d) children of members of sta� who have been employed at the Academy for two or more years, or of a member of sta� who has been recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage;

e) children who are permanently resident with a TN23 postcode within the area bounded to the east by the A2070, to the west by the A28, and to the north by the Ashford to Maidstone railway line, in priority order according to the nearness of each child’s home to the school – measured between the child’s permanent address and the Academy in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the Academy as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The Academy uses measurements provided by the LA.

f) only for �rst admission into Y7 and above, children who attend a Church which is a member of “The Churches Together in England and Wales”. The local Vicar, Parish Priest or Minister will be required to provide written evidence to the Governing Body on the Clergy’s Form concerning the child’s and parents/carers’ a�liation to the Church. Priority will be given to those who attend more frequently and the total number admitted under this criterion will not exceed 21 children.

g) other children in priority order according to the nearness of each child’s home to the school as de�ned in criterion e) above.

The John Wallis Church of England AcademyMillbank Road, Kingsnorth, Ashford, TN23 3HGTel: 01233 623465Fax: 652612E-mail:[email protected]

Principal: Mr John McParland

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Penny Silvester

Type of School: All-through 3-19, Church of England, Academy, All Ability, Mixed






138


Supplementary Form Required: Only for applicants seeking admission under criterion f) above


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements:Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*- C or above including English and Maths when applying for A’ Level and Level 3 Courses.


If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order:

After the admission of students with statements of Special Educational Needs where The John Wallis Church of England Academy, Ashford, is named on the statement, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below:

a) children who are or have previously been in public care;

b) in respect of transfer into Y7 and Y12, children and young people who are already attending the Academy in Y6 and Y11 respectively (in other words, the Planned Admission Number for new applications to join the Academy in Y7 is 210 less the number of children (not exceeding 60) transferring into Y7 who are already attending the Academy in Y6) ;

c) children whose sibling/s currently attend/s the Academy and who will continue to do so on the date of admission; in this context sibling means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters;

d) children of members of sta� who have been employed at the Academy for two or more years, or of a member of sta� who has been recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage;

e) children who are permanently resident with a TN23 postcode within the area bounded to the east by the A2070, to the west by the A28, and to the north by the Ashford to Maidstone railway line, in priority order according to the nearness of each child’s home to the school – measured between the child’s permanent address and the Academy in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the Academy as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The Academy uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated, including what is de�ned as permanent or main residence, is available in the “Admission to Primary/Secondary School in Kent” booklets provided by the LA.

f) only for �rst admission into Y7 and above, children who attend a Church which is a member of “The Churches Together in England and Wales”. The local Vicar, Parish Priest or Minister will be required to provide written evidence to the Governing Body on the Clergy’s Form concerning the child’s and parents/carers’ a�liation to the Church. Priority will be given to those who attend more frequently and the total number admitted under this criterion will not exceed 21 children.

g) other children in priority order according to the nearness of each child’s home to the school as de�ned in criterion (e) above.

In practice, this number will be determined by assuming that any parent who �lls in a SCAF placing another school higher in order of preference than the Academy and is o�ered a place at such school will not be transferring into Y7 at the Academy.

O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015. All applicants will be


139

required to meet with The Principal or a member of the Senior Leadership Team to discuss their chosen options.


Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors.

Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available, after all other applicants have been considered.A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria.


140



Open Sessions:Open Mornings for Year 6:Tuesday 21st and Wednesday 22nd October 2014 from 9.30am to 10.30am. Please contact the School O�ce in September to book.

Open Evening primarily for Years 4 and 5:Thursday 2nd July 2015 from 4.30pm to 8.00pm. No need to book.

Sixth Form Open SessionsSixth Form Open Evening (External Students) will be held on Thursday, 16th October 2014. From 5:00 p.m. to 6:30 p.m. At 5:30 p.m. & 6:00 p.m. brief talks will be given by the Headmaster and Head of Sixth Form. No booking is needed.


Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible boys with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the

number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible boys in the following priority order-

1. Academic AbilityThis will be measured by ranked aggregate scores on the Kent PESE tests (the highest score being given the highest rank).

2. DistanceWhere scores are the same students will be further ranked by distance from home to school.

3. Random SelectionA random selection will be applied should two or more applicants have the same score on the PESE test and the same distance from home to school.

Right of AppealParents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application be refused; details are available from the Clerk to the Governors of The Judd School, (c/o The Judd School, Brook Street, Tonbridge, Kent, TN9 2PN; [email protected]).


Waiting lists will be maintained up to 31 January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

The Judd SchoolBrook Street, Tonbridge, TN9 2PNTel: 01732 770880Fax: 01732 771661E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Robert Masters

Admissions Contact Names: Jodi Boreham (Year 7), Sally Strang (Year 12)

Type of School: Secondary, Voluntary Aided, Grammar, Boys, Co-educational Sixth Form


Specialisms: Music with English, Science and Maths

Published Admission No:125* LA No: 886 DFE No:4622

*The Judd school will o�er an additional 30 Year 7 places for September 2015





141

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – The target number of students to be admitted to Year 12 is 180. A minimum of 70 o�ers will be made to external applicants. Students must have achieved a minimum total of 60 points across their best 10 GCSEs (A*=9, A=7, B=6, C=5, D or below =0) including B grades or better in each of Mathematics and English Language. All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students ful�lling the above criteria.

There are also subject speci�c criteria, details of which may be found in the sixth form prospectus. Gaining a place in the sixth form does not guarantee that a particular course/subject may be followed.

Over-subscription CriteriaIn the event of over-subscription, priority will be given to (in order):

1. Internal Applicants

2. External ApplicantsRanked on predicted GCSE grades from their current school.• GCSEs already certificated will be counted.• The number of A* grades will be the first measure, then A grades and so on.• The Judd School will be the sole arbiter of measures of equivalence when students have sat examinations other than GCSE.

3. DistanceWhere predicted grades are the same students will be further ranked by distance from home to School.

4. Random SelectionA random selection will be applied should two or more applicants have the same predicted grades and the same distance from home to school.

Following results (August 2014) where learners have achieved better results than their predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Right of AppealParents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application be refused; details are available from the Clerk to the Governors of The Judd School, (c/o The Judd

School, Brook Street, Tonbridge, Kent, TN9 2PN; [email protected]).


142



Open Sessions:Tuesday 23rd September – 6.00 – 8.00 pmWednesday 24th September – 9.30 – 11.00 amWednesday 24th September – 4.00 – 6.00 pm


a) Children who are presently or were previously in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

b) Where a child has a brother or sister attending this school at the time of entry.

In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.

c) Our priority admission area is the postcode areas of CT7, CT8 and CT9 5 which include Birchington, St Nicholas, Acol, Sarre, Garlinge and Westgate.In the event that criterion (c) is oversubscribed pupils falling into the relevant postcode areas will be ranked in accordance to distance as described in criterion (d).

d) Nearness of the home to the school (as de�ned by the Local Authority) and ease of access to the school. The school uses the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of �ve GCSE passes at grade C or above, including in Maths and English and a B grade or Merit in the subject to be taken in the L3 BTEC component.

King Ethelbert SchoolCanterbury Road, Birchington, CT7 9BLTel: 01843 831999Fax: 01843 831015E-mail: [email protected]

Executive Headteacher: Paul Luxmoore

Headteacher: Kate Greig

Admissions Contact Name: Victoria Willis



Specialisms: Visual Arts






143

The overall admission number for Year 12 is 50.

Oversubscription CriteriaFollowing admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out below to rank students until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:

a) Children who are presently or were previously in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

b) Where a child has a brother or sister attending this school at the time of entryIn this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.

c) Our priority admission area is the postcode areas of CT7, CT8 and CT9 5 which include Birchington, St Nicholas, Acol, Sarre, Garlinge and Westgate.In the event that criterion (c) is oversubscribed pupils falling into the relevant postcode areas will be ranked in accordance to distance as described in criterion (d).

d) Nearness of the home to the school (as de�ned by the Local Authority) and ease of access to the school.The school uses the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:

• When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or • When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or • The admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner. O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results. O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.


Waiting lists – a waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria and will be maintained up to January 2016


144


To access general information about the school, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the academy or visit the academy’s website.

Open Sessions:Open evening 18 Sept 6pm – 9pmOpen morning 29 and 30 Sept 10.00 – 12.00 There will be two tours each morning and an opportunity to meet the Principal.•Tour 1 – 10.00am – 11.30am•Principal’s Talk – 11.00 am – 11.20am•Tour 2 – 11.20pm – 12.20pm

Expressive Arts Assessment 30 Sept 4.00pm – 5.30pmGrammar Stream Open Morning 2 Oct 10am – 11.30amGrammar Stream Information Evening 22 Oct 5.00pm – 6pm

Knole Academy is an expressive arts school and 10% of the places (24) will be o�ered to students who show a particular aptitude for performing arts and/ or the visual arts, those places will be allocated according to the following criteria:

• Students, who are currently actively involved in an expressive art, who hold an externally veri�ed quali�cation from a recognised examination board of grade 2 or above. Students with a higher grade will be ranked above students with a lower grade. In the event of more than 24 students with an externally recognised quali�cation of grade 2 or above applying, all of the students will need to attend an aptitude assessment evening to allow the academy to di�erentiate between the students. Students accessing an expressive art place

via a certi�cate will be ranked alongside the students who sit the expressive arts test.Children seeking places under this criterion, who do not have external veri�cation of their abilities, will be invited into the school for an aptitude assessment evening where an appropriate set of tasks will be presented to them and the outcomes assessed by quali�ed sta�. This event is held on 30 September from 4.00pm to 5.30pm.

If this 10% of places is not �lled on artistic aptitude they will become available to other applicants using the oversubscription criteria as described below.

90% of places will be o�ered without reference to aptitude or ability.

OverSubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

The Knole AcademyBradbourne Vale Road, Sevenoaks, TN13 3LETel: 01732 454608Fax: 01732 742262E-mail: [email protected]

Principal: Mrs Mary Boyle

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Sarah Shea

Type of School: Academy

Age Range: 11-18

Specialisms: Expressive Arts and Languages






145

b) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Robust and documented social, medical or psychological evidence must be provided in support, from an appropriate independent registered professional such as a social worker, hospital consultant, GP or health visitor at the time of the original application, and must set out why the Academy is the only school that can meet the young person’s needs or circumstances; (All correspondence will be treated as private and con�dential)

c) Where the child has a sibling attending the school at the time of entry; A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

d) where the child is the daughter/son of a member of sta�. In this context, daughter/son means children who are natural children, step children, adopted or fostered children. The member of sta� must have been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made, and/or the member of sta� is recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

e) proximity of the child’s home to the school, with those living nearer (measured in a straight line) being accorded the higher priority. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority.

NOTE: If the school’s PAN is reached following admittance of one child of a multiple birth, the other child/children will be admitted over the PAN.

Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the Knole West school site, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home

to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Supplementary Form Required to take the Expressive Arts test:


Sixth Form Admissions’ arrangements The Academy operates a sixth form for a total of 350 pupils. 175 places overall will normally be available in Year 12.

The Governing Body of the Knole Academy will publish speci�c criteria in relation to minimum academic entrance requirements for the sixth form, based upon GCSE grades or other measures of prior attainment. These criteria are the same for internal and any external transfers and will be subject to consultation with those in paragraph 7 above, but all internal applicants who meet the criteria will be allowed to enter the 6th form, even if this number is greater than the planned admissions number.

In addition to the sixth form’s minimum academic entry requirements, pupils will need to satisfy minimum entrance requirements to the courses for which they are applying. If pupils fail to meet the minimum course requirements they will be given the option of pursuing any alternative courses for which they do meet the minimum academic requirements.

The academic entry criteria will be published in the autumn, immediately preceding the year of admissions, that is autumn 2014, for September 2015 admissions. The criteria will be included within the Academy’s prospectus and within the Local Authority composite admission prospectus.

If 200 or more pupils from within the Knole Academy meet the academic entry criteria and wish to enter Year 12 of the sixth form, no external applicants will be considered. Where fewer than 200 of the Academy’s pupils progress to Year 12 vacant places will be o�ered to external applicants meeting the academic entry requirements.

Where there are more external applicants for any available sixth form places than places available, after the admission of pupils with Special Educational Needs,

146


where the Academy is named on the Statement, the oversubscription above will be applied to determine who is admitted.



147


Open Sessions: Presentations by a Principal of the Academy will take place on Saturday 27th September and Saturday 4th October 2014 at 9.00 a.m., 10.30 a.m. and 12 noon. Seats for the presentations must be booked – information regarding this will be posted on the Academy’s website www.leighacademy.org.uk at the beginning of September

The Leigh Technology Academy uses a Supplementary Form in order to apply its criteria. Students who name The Leigh Technology Academy will be invited for a test as part of the national process of “fair banding”. This is not a pass or fail test, it just ensures that students across the full ability range are admitted:


The applicants will �rst be split into 5 equally sized bands based on their CAT results. Within each band places will be o�ered in the following order:

a) Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of theChildren Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the Local Authority became subject to an adoption,residence or special guardianship order (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Children attending Leigh Academies Trust primary schools – priority will be given where The Leigh Academy is the closest Secondary school to the child’s permanent or main residence, ranked by distance. The distancefrom the home to school will be measured in a straight line using ordnance survey address point data. Where there are more than 8 o�ers to children of the same ability band, places will be distributed to the next closest band,one placed in the band above and the next in the band below until the places are distributed evenly up to the maximum of 40 places across all 5 bands.

Inner and outer catchment areas have been de�ned and 70% of the remaining places will be o�ered to those living in the inner catchment and 30% to those in the outer catchment. (The two areas are de�ned in the appendix).

c) Siblings, living in either catchment, of pupils who will be attending the Academy on the date when the applicant would be admitted. The term “sibling” means a full, step, half, adopted or fostered brother or sister, butnot cousins, The Academy reserves the right to ask for proof of relationship. Priority will only be given to siblings

The Leigh Technology AcademyGreen Street Green Road, Dartford, DA1 1QETel: 01322 620400Fax: 01322 620401E-mail:[email protected]

Principals: Brunel College – Kevin Brewer, Chaucer College – Joe Swash, Da Vinci College – Faye McGill, Darwin College – Sharon Waterman

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Valerie Ludlow

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed.

Age Range: 11-19 Day Students

Specialisms: Technology, Sport, Business and Enterprise





148


if the family still reside within either of the Academy’s catchment areas.

d) Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the Academy’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whosemental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/carers’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitable quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

e) The remaining places in each band will be o�ered by random selection to applicants until the inner : outer mix of 70% : 30% is achieved.

If any places remain un�lled, the remaining places in each band will be o�ered by random selection to applicants living outside the catchment areas.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available from and returnable to the school.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – The Sixth Form has capacity for 300 pupils with 150 pupils in Year 12. The PAN for external candidates will be 50 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than 100.

The Academy o�er places to students on the basis of the most appropriate learning pathway to suit their individual needs and aspirations.

For the majority of A Level courses students should obtain a minimum of �ve A*- C grades in separate subjects, not including Pass grades in Btec/Vocational Courses, a Grade C or Merit in the subject or related area at GCSE and a Grace C in English and Mathematics at GCSE. There are also subject speci�c A Level entry requirements:- Mathematics: Grade A in GCSE Mathematics. Chemistry, Physics and Biology: AA in Double GCSE or A in Triple. History, Geography,

Sociology and Politics: Grade B in a Humanities subject at GCSE. Psychology: Grade B in English Language, BB grades in Double GCSE Science. English Literature and Film Studies: Grade B in English Literature at GCSE.

If a student meets the Academy entry criteria for Post 16, but fail to meet speci�c course requirements, they will be o�ered alternative courses, if available. Student already on roll of The Academy will be given priority for courses for which they have met the academic requirements.Children already on roll of the Academy will be given priority for courses for which they have met the academic requirements.

The detailed information on academic criteria will be contained in the Post 16 prospectus published on an annual basis.

Over-subscription Criteria Eligible Statemented pupils whose statement names the Academy Sixth Form and Children in Local Authority Care and previously Looked After Children will have priority for admission but, for other children, if a tiebreak is necessary to determine who is admitted the oversubscription criteria above will be applied (minus the application of ability banding and minus the feeder schools)

O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to T Post 16 and the student’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.



Parents/carers have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the academy.


149



150


The Leigh UTC will provide an exciting, innovative, business-led, problem-solving curriculum throughout Key Stage 4 and 5, enabling students to achieve relevant work-related quali�cations and transferable skills for future training or employment. The project-based approach will develop a deeper understanding of real issues and create lifelong real world learning in a 21st century engineering society. Students will work independently and collaboratively tackling engineering, ICT and business problems.

Open Sessions: Please contact the school for open day and open evening information.


Looked after Children and previously looked after children. (A ‘Looked After Child’ is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions. (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) at the time of making an application to a school, the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below:

The applicants will then be split into 5 equally sized bands for males and 5 equally sized bands for females, based on the results from the non-verbal reasoning cognitive

ability test. 20% of the female entry is taken from each female group, and 20% of the male entry is taken from each male group. This means that if there are fewer than 75 applicants of one gender, and more than 75 applicants of the other gender, the remaining places from the under-represented gender will be distributed equally among the �ve groups of the other gender. For the purpose of allocating applicants to one of the �ve ability bands, if the number of applicants is not divisible by �ve, the following process will apply:• If there is one extra applicant when the number of applicants is divided by �ve, there will be an additional applicant placed in band 2.• If there are two extra applicants, there will be one additional applicant placed in band 3 and one in ability band 4.• If there are three extra applicants, there will be one additional applicant placed in band 5, one in ability band 1 and one in ability band 2.• If there are four extra applicants, there will be one additional applicant placed in band 3, one in ability band 4 one in ability band 5 and one in ability band 5

This to ensure that students across a broad range of abilities are admitted, and to achieve a 50/50 mix of female/male if possible.

Within each band places will be o�ered in the following order:• Children who live in the defined catchment who have speci�c medical needs or social needs and where the application is supported by written speci�c professional advice as to why admission to the UTC is necessary. For health reasons, the advice must be provided by a quali�ed medical practitioner. For social reasons, it must be provided by a quali�ed relevant professional.

The Leigh UTC The Bridge Business Park, Brunel Way, Dartford, Kent, DA1 5TFTel: 01322 626600 TBCFax: TBCE-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Steve Leahey

Admissions Contact Name: Michelle Parsons



Specialisms: Engineering and Computer Science


Number of Applications for Yr 7 entry September 2014: N/A

Number of places o�ered 3 March 2014: N/A



151

• By random allocation to children who live in the defined catchment area. This is an area encompassed by the river Thames in the North, the A249 in the east and follows the line when it joins the M20, from there to the M26, north on the M25 to junction 4 then the A21 to the A20 and follows this until that meets the Ravensboune river, then along here until it joins the river Thames.• By random allocation to children who live outside the de�ned catchment area.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements For 2015 the PAN for year 12 will be 150. If fewer than 150 of the UTC’s own year 11 students transfer into year 12, additional external students shall be admitted until year 12 meets its capacity of 150.

Entry RequirementsIn year 12 students are required to meet quali�cation requirements from examinations at GCSE level to enter their desired courses of study as set out below:• To gain entry to the sixth form, applicants must have achieved GCSEgrades A*-C in English and Mathematics.

Applicants will only be allowed to follow their chosen academic path by meeting the minimum standards as set out in our prospectus. Progression and minimum entry requirements (based on prior attainment) will be published in the UTC prospectus and on the website. Both internal students and external applicants will have to meet the same minimum entry requirements.

Oversubsciption CriteriaWhere there is space within year 12 (i.e. where there are fewer than 150 internal students in the year group) the UTC will admit additional students using the criteria set out below:•Looked after children and previously looked after children who meet the published minimum entry requirements.•Children who live in the defined catchment who have speci�c medical needs or social needs and where the application is supported by written speci�c professional advice as to why admission to the UTC is necessary, and who meet the published minimum entry requirements.

•By random allocation to children who live in the defined catchment area, who meet the published minimum entry requirements.•By random allocation to children who live outside the de�ned catchment area, who meet the published minimum entry requirements.


152


To access general information about the Academy, including annual Academy achievement and attainment tables, recent Academy inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the Academy or visit the Academy’s website.

Open Sessions: Thursday 25 September 2014 – 6pm - 9pmThursday 2 October 2014 – 6pm - 9pm



b) Admission of students whose siblings currently attend the school and who will continue to do so at the time of entry. (Note; the term ‘sibling’ includes full- half-, and step-siblings and those living as siblings in the same family unit on the roll of Long�eld Academy). The Academy reserves the right to ask for proof of relationship.

c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with Long�eld Academy’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend Long�eld Academy. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend the Academy. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed, independent registered medical or other practitioner, at the time of original application, who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and Long�eld Academy.

d) 30 places will be available to children attending a Leigh Academies Trust Primary Academy. Applications will only be given priority in this category if the Leigh Trust Secondary Academy to which they are applying is closest to their home. If oversubscribed in this category it will be the 30 closest to the Academy that will be admitted. We use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the Academy, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the Academy as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the Academy siteis used for everybody.

e) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the same method of measurement as detailed in d).


Longfield AcademyMain Road, Long�eld, Dartford, DA3 7PHTel: O1474 700Fax: 01474 700701E-mail: info@long�eldacademy.orgwww.long�eldacademy.org

Principals: Mrs O’Donnell (Anderson College), Mr P Finnegan (Galileo College), Mrs A Davis (Matisse College)

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs C Goodwin

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed.


Specialisms: Arts and Sciences






153


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Long�eld Academy is part of the LAT 16 Federation which comprises of four academies based in and around Dartford.

All applications to Long�eld Academy are made through Kentchoices4U which contains detailed information about course o�er and entry requirements. The majority of courses on o�er are at Level 3 and include A Levels, Vocational courses and Advanced Apprenticeships. A small number of Level 2 courses are available including Professional Cookery.

Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 6 GCSE passes at grade C or above including English and mathematics or BTEC Merit and at least C grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.


Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied as set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.









154



Open Sessions: Open Evening – Thursday 23 October 2014 4 to 8pmOpen Mornings – Friday 17 October and Tuesday 21 October



1. Qualifying children who are looked after and previously looked after children.

2. Children resident in one of the parishes listed below, achieving at least 93% of the overall Kent test score* (which currently equates to a combined score of 390 or more), in order of (a) siblings and (b) those living the shortest distance from the school.

3. Other qualifying children resident in one of the listed parishes, in the order of (a) siblings and (b) those living the shortest distance from the school.

4. Other qualifying children, in the order of (a) siblings and (b) those living the shortest distance from the school.

*This percentage score is to accommodate the unknown changes to the Kent Test scoring. Once the new Kent Test scoring is known, MGS will revert to an equivalent combined score criteria.The parishes in question are those of Addington, Aylesford (South), Barming, Bearsted, Bicknor, Birling, Borough Green, Boughton Malherbe, BoughtonMonchelsea, Boxley, Bredhurst, Broom�eld and Kingswood, Burham, Chart Sutton, Collier Street, Coxheath, Detling, Ditton, Downswood, East Farleigh, East Malling and Lark�eld, East Sutton, Eccles, Frinsted, Harrietsham, Headcorn, Hollingborne, Hucking, Hunton, Ightham, Kings Hill, Langley, Leeds, Lenham (includes Lenham Heath), Leybourne, Linton, Loose, Maidstone, Marden, Mereworth, Nettlestead, O�ham, Otham, Platt, Ryarsh, Snodland, Stansted, Staplehurst, Stockbury, Sutton Valence, Teston, Thurnham, Tovil, Trottiscli�e, Ulcombe, Wateringbury, West Farleigh, West Malling, West Peckham, Wichling, Wormshill, Wrotham, Wouldham,Yalding (includes Laddingford).

De�nitions:Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

Maidstone Grammar SchoolBarton Road, Maidstone, ME15 7BTTel: 01622 752101Fax: 01622 753680E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr M Tomkins

Admissions Contact Name: Rachel Johnson (Yr 7-11), Paul Smith (Post 16)

Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Boys


Specialisms: Languages and Applied Learning






155

QualifyingA child who has been assessed as suitable for admission to grammar school. To be eligible boys should be assessed through the Kent Age 11 Selection Procedure.

Sibling/Current Family AssociationA brother or sister attending the School when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

Distance/Nearness of children’s home to schoolThe school uses measurements provided by the LA. The LA use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Child’s Home addressA child’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence (not an address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian or leased or rented to them under a lease or written or rental agreement. Where partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of week days.



Sixth Form Admission Arrangements-Year 12 Planned Admission Number: 175Number of additional Year 12 places available for students being admitted to the school for the �rst time: 50.

Places in Year 12 will be o�ered to students who meet the entry requirements applying to enter the school from outside. The school will not normally admit students into Year 13. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external candidates of 50 may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of

internal pupils transferring in to Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group. Students applying to the school for entry into Year 12 must meet the following academic criteria to qualify for admission:

Students much achieve an average GCSE points score of 45 points or better.

Students must also have GCSE English and Mathematics at a minimum of a C grade.

In addition to the above requirements students wishing to be accepted on to a particular subject programme must achieve the requirements set down for that particular course in the Curriculum Section of the Sixth Form Prospectus.

To be considered for entry students must complete the area electronic application procedure. They will then be invited to visit the school where there will be an opportunity to discuss their course choices with a senior member of sta�.

Oversubscription Criteria:In the event of more than 50 external students applying for admission to the school in Year 12 we will give priority to:

External applicants in Local Authority Care. A Child in Local Authority Care is de�ned as being under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with his/her parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a cared order under Part IV of the Act.External applicants who are likely to achieve the highest academic grades (ranked on predicted grades from their own school – GCSEs already certi�cated will be counted).


Tiebreaker: students whose homes are nearest to the School measured in straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the student’s home to a de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.

156





157


Open Sessions:11+ Open Evening Tuesday 14th October 2014 from 6pm until 9pm. Our Autumn 11+ Open Mornings Monday 20th, Tuesday 21st and Wednesday 22nd October 2014 from 9am until 11am.

Guided tours of the school will be available throughout the open mornings and open evening when you will have the opportunity to experience the unique ethos and atmosphere at MGGS.We look forward very much to welcoming you. “Maidstone Grammar School for Girls is an outstanding school ” Ofsted

Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure.


Children in Local Authority Care or Previously in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of

the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order under Part IV of the Act.



Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled school, these straight line measurements are used to

Maidstone Grammar School for GirlsBuckland Road, Maidstone, ME16 0SFTel: 01622 752103Fax: 01622 681947E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Ms M Wolloshin

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J Hogan

Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Girls, Mixed Sixth Form


Specialisms: Science, Thinking School





158


determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school.





Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements There is a mixed Sixth Form at MGGS. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of six GCSE passes at grade C or above including at least four B grades. Students must also meet individual subject entry requirements.

The admission number for external candidates will be approximately 50 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 200.

All applications to join the sixth form should be made using the Kent-wide online application process.Full details are available in the sixth form prospectus All o�ers are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results. O�ers made will also take into account the capacity in the subjects chosen. Some courses may become oversubscribed even though the overall admissions number has not been reached. Where appropriate a reserve subject would be considered.

Over-subscription criteriaInternal candidates: We will give priority for places to students currently in Year 11 at MGGS, provided they have met the entry criteria.

External candidates:Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to students who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more students seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be used.

In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider.If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.


a. When the parent or student has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or

b. When a parent or student has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or

c. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or student.



Where students have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places


159


Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Clerk to the Governors.

Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria above.


160



Open Sessions: Open Evening: Thursday 2nd October 2014, 6.00pm – 9.00pm.Talks by Principal at 6.30pm and 7.30pmOpen Mornings: Monday 6th, Tuesday 7th, Wednesday 8th, Tuesday 14th and Wednesday 15th October 2014. Tours 9.45am and 11.45am on each of these days. To book a tour please call 01732 529122.

Oversubscription criteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

a) Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority becamesubject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Current Family Association - a brother or sister in the same school at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means child who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

c) Health and Special Access reasons – Medical, health and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend The Malling School. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the Malling School.

d) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school siteis used for everybody. Supplementary Form Required: NO


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a

The Malling SchoolBeech Road, East Malling, Maidstone,ME19 6DH Tel: 01732 840995 Fax: 01732 840486E-mail:Principal@themallingschool.kent.sch.ukwww.themallingschool.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mr Carl Roberts

Admissions Contact Name: Karon Wells



Specialisms: Science and Sport






161

minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above and A*-C grades in their preferred Level 3 Course. Level 2 course places will be given to students who meet the individual subject prior entry requirements.The admission number for external candidates will be 20 , but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 100 .








Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places






162



Open Sessions: Open Evening: Thursday 9th October 2014, 5.00pm – 8.00pm. Headteacher will talk at 5.15pm and 6.30pm.Open Mornings: Monday 13th, Tuesday 14th, Wednesday 15th, Thursday 16th and Friday 17th October 2014. Tours will take place at 9.00am by appointment only.


a) Where the student is in local authority care. A child under the age of 18 for whom the LA provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority become subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Sibling link: where a brother or sister attends the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother and sister in

the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

c) Proximity of the student’s permanent residence to Maplesden Noakes School, measured in walking distance using public paths and roads, with those living nearest being accorded the highest priority. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority to calculate this distance. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

In the event of over-subscription in any of the above criteria, students are admitted on the basis of proximity of the student’s permanent residence to the Maplesden Noakes School, measured in walking distance using public paths and roads, with those living nearest being accorded the highest priority.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Students are able to join the Maplesden Noakes School in Year 12 for Sixth Form studies. Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5GCSE passes at grade C or above including Maths and English and also meet the subject criteria for their chosen courses of study.

The Maplesden Noakes SchoolBuckland Road, Maidstone, ME16 0TJTel: 01622 759036Fax: 01622 661707E-mail: [email protected] www.maplesden.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mrs Jane Prideaux

Admissions Contact Name: Heidi Lishman



Specialisms: Business and Enterprise, Applied Learning






163

The admission number for external applicants will be dependent upon the number of internal candidates. The overall PAN for Year 12 will be 150 students.

Over-SubscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements as detailed above. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria outlined above will be applied to eligible students.


• When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or• When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or• The admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.








164



Open Sessions: 2nd October 6pm

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admis-sions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

i) all ‘looked after’ children or children who were previous-ly “looked after” 1

ii) Health and Special Access Reasons 2;iii) pupils whose siblings currently attend the Academy 3 ;iv) Admission of students on the basis of proximity to the school using a straight linemeasurement from the Academy 4 to the child’s perma-nent address 5



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission

to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and C grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.


Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring fro Year 11 students, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.





O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the

The Marlowe AcademyStirling Way, Ramsgate, CT12 6NBTel: 01843 593326Fax: 01843 591756E-mail:[email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs Emma Newman

Executive Principal: Mr Sean Heslop

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Amanda Mulvihill

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, All Ability, Mixed.


Specialisms: Performing Arts and Business






165







Applications to the Marlowe Academy Sixth Form should be made via the Kent Area Prospectus. You can apply on-line through http://www.kentchoices4u.com If you are unsure about how to apply via the online prospectus, please call Marlowe Academy direct for advice on how to apply.


1 A “Looked After” Children is de�ned by the Children Act 1989 as a child or young person who is accommodated by the local authority (Section 20) or a child or young person who is the subject of a full care order (Section 31) or interim Care Order (Section 38). A previously “looked after” child is one who immediately after being “looked after” became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. An “adoption order” is an order under section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002. A “residence order” is an order settling the arrangements to be made as to the person with whom the child is to live under section 8 of the Children Act 1989. Section 14A of the Children Act 1989 de�nes a “special guardianship order” as an order appointing one or more individuals to be a child’s special guardian (or special guardians).2 Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.3 in this context the term “sibling” refers to a child who lives as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.4 Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. 5 A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day your completed your application form If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child.

166



Open Sessions: Open Evening – tbc

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be ad-mitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

2. Children with health and special access reasons to attend the Academy (see Note 1).

3. Pupils living within the Marsh Academy �rst priority zone (see note 3), including the parishes of Burmarsh, Dymchurch, St Mary-in-the-Marsh, New Romney, Old Romney, Lydd, Ivychurch, Brookland, Brenzett, Snargate and Newchurch. If there are more pupils ful�lling this criterion than places available, priority will be given to (i) siblings of pupils who will be in the Academy at the time of admission (see note 2), followed by (ii) pupils living

closest to the Academy(see note 4).

4. Pupils living outside the Marsh Academy �rst priority zone. If there are more pupils ful�lling this criterion than places available, priority will be given to (i) siblings of pupils who will be in the Academy at the time of admission (see note 2), followed by (ii) pupils living closest to the Academy(see note 4).

Note 1. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

Note 2. Sibling are natural, step, adopted and foster brothers and sisters, plus those living as brother or sister in the same house. To qualify under this criterion the child seeking admission must have a sibling in the school at the time of entry.

Note 3. Living within the �rst priority zone - To be living within this �rst priority zone the pupil’s permanent residence (i.e. a pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not at an address at which your child might sometimes sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupils home address on the day you completed the application

The Marsh Academy Station Road, New Romney TN28 8BBTel: 01797 364593 Fax: 01797 367315E-mail: [email protected]

Principal: Shaun Simmons

Admissions Contact: Amanda Clayson

Type of school: Academy, Wide Ability, Mixed

Age Range: 11-18

Published Admission No: 180 LA No: 886 DfES No: 6909





167

form and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease of written rental agreement. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.). Proof of residence may be requested. A map showing the boundary can be viewed at the Academy.

Note 4. Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. The school uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the LA.

If you are not o�ered a place at our school, you have the right to appeal to an independent panel. The arrangements for appeals will be in line with the School Admission Appeals Code published by the Department of Education. Please ensure that appeals are headed with the school name and address and are returned to the Clerk to the Independent Appeals Panel, c/o The Marsh Academy, Station Road, New Romney, Kent TN28 8BB. If you are in any doubt about the appeals process, please contact the school for further information.

After a place has been o�ered, the Academy reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:

• when a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time;

• when a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information;

• the admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.

Supplementary form required: NO


Sixth Form Admission arrangements-Students of the Academy have the right to transfer into the sixth form.

Applications from external students to join the Academy’s sixth form are welcomed. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C and meeting the entry requirements of the speci�c course studied, although exceptional circumstances will be considered by the Head of Post 16 and Senior Leadership. Some subject areas stipulate a B Grade as a prerequisite. However, please refer to the Post Sixteen prospectus for more detailed criteria. The PAN for external candidates will be 15 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group which is 120. You should complete the Academy’s application form which can be obtained from the Academy or use Kent’s online system. Applicants should be made by 1st May 2015.

Oversubscription CriteriaFollowing the admission of internal students transferring for Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.



168


O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to Clerk to the Independent Appeals Panel, care of the school.





169


Open Sessions: Monday 29 September 2014 5-8pm – no booking requiredOpen Mornings – Thursday 2 October and Monday 6 October 2014 9am-11.30am – no booking requiredYear 6 Taster Day – Monday 20 October 2014 - An opportunity for your year 6 child to experience a day at Mascalls School – booking required via [email protected]


1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part VI of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A ofthe Children Act 1989).

2. Up to 15 places each year will be awarded on the basis of aptitude in the visual arts. This will be assessed by a panel including an external assessor on the basis of a portfolio of artwork. If fewer than 15 portfolios meet the criteria, places will be o�ered to all applicants who meet the criteria. If there are more than 15 portfolios that meet the criteria they will be ranked in order of artistic aptitude and places o�ered to the �rst 15 in rank order. Details are available on the schools website.

3. Students who will have a brother or sister at the school on the date of entry. In this context, brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers and sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

4. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.

5. Nearness of children’s homes to school – we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by

Mascalls SchoolMaidstone Road, Paddock Wood, Tonbridge, TN12 6LTTel: 01892 839022Fax: 01892 825648E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr Stuart Reeves

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Rachel Hirst








170


Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority.

A student’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main permanent residence and not an address at which your child might stay sometimes or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed your application form and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardians under a lease or written rental agreement. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

TiebreakerIn the unlikely event that two or more children living the same distance away from the school and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given a place.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – If you are interest in making a Visual Arts application for your child, please contact the school for the form which is to be returned to the school by 31 October 2014



Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above, including English and maths, along with subject speci�c criteria for their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents, as published on our website.












171



172



Open Sessions: Open Morning: Thursday 23rd October 2014 (9.00 a.m. to 11.00 a.m.)Open Afternoon: Wednesday 22nd October 2014 (1.30 p.m. to 2.45 p.m.)Open Evening: Thursday 23rd October 2014 (6.30 p.m. to 8.30 p.m.)

Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure or the additional optional May�eld Test. The Kent tests must be taken to provide an aggregate score.

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible girls in the following priority order:–

1. A ‘looked after child’ or a child who was previously looked after but immediately after being looked after became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. A looked after child is a child who is a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the de�nition section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989).

2. A brother or sister attending the school at the time of application. Priority will be given to children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. Eligible girls who reside in the postal code areas beginning with the following: DA3, DA4, DA9, DA10, DA11, DA12, DA13, ME3.

4. Eligible girls who reside in the postal code areas beginning with the following: DA1, DA2, ME2, TN13, TN14, TN15.

5. Eligible girls who do not reside in the areas as detailed in the third or fourth criteria.

In the case of oversubscription within one of the above criteria the places will be allocated in the order:

a) Highest aggregated score in the Kent PESE tests

b) Proximity of the child’s home to school. Priority will be given to pupils who live nearest to the school. The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. A map is available showing the location of the school on www.kent.sch.uk



Mayfield Grammar School GravesendPelham Road, Gravesend, DA11 0JETel: 01474 352896Fax: 01474 331195E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs E Wilson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J McBride



Specialisms: Science and Languages






173

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – The planned admission number for entry to Year 12 in September 2015 will be 50. This number refers to the number of students who have met the entrance criteria and are being admitted to the school for the �rst time.

All students continuing on the school roll will be admitted if they meet the entrance criteria.

All students wishing to apply to May�eld Grammar School, Gravesend must apply directly to the school using the online application system through www.ucas.com/progress Dates within which applications will be accepted will be published on the website.

Students will be invited to attend a Sixth Form Open Evening in December 2014.

Entry to the Sixth Form is dependent on achieving at least six GCSEs at grade C and above including English and Mathematics, on the Higher papers, with a minimum of grade B in the subjects chosen for AS/A Level study. Minimum qualifying grades for subjects should also be met; these are explained in the subject areas of the Sixth Form prospectus. Students are admitted subject to the availability of a speci�c course or combination of courses. Students who apply for entry with quali�cations achieved outside the UK will be required to demonstrate that he/she has achieved the required standards for entry. This may involve tests in a range of subjects and include Verbal Reasoning.

Students wishing to study Science AS Levels must have studied at least two Science GCSEs as well as meeting the individual subject requirements, as detailed in the Sixth Form Prospectus. Students wishing to study Mathematics AS should have achieved grade A at Higher level GCSE.

Students currently on roll will be asked to attend a meeting at the school to review their subject choices and to resolve any problems.

When considering external applicants, the school will seek con�rmation of the estimated GCSE grades from the applicant’s current school. Students will be invited into school to �nalise the course choices. Conditional o�ers of places will be made based on the estimated GCSE grades.

Where students achieve better results than their predictions and have not been o�ered a conditional place but have met the qualifying grades they should contact

the school by the end of August. They will be ranked accordingly for any places that are, or become, available. For students joining the school at 16 the following oversubscription criteria will apply in the event of external applications taking the total number of eligible Year 12 students over 180.

• Eligible students in Local Authority care (See main school criteria for detail).

• Eligible students who have a brother or sister attending the school at the time of application (See main school criteria for detail).

• Eligible students with the best aggregate GCSE points scores in their best 6 subjects including English and Mathematics.

If the aggregate scores are the same in their best 6 subjects, then distance from school (as for the main school criteria) will be the tie breaker.

Late applications will be considered if a student is eligible in the light of the criteria for entry above and if there are still places available on the courses they wish to follow.If a place can not be o�ered parents have a statutory right of appeal. If parents wish to lodge an appeal they should write to the Clerk to the Governors, at the school. Additional information can be found on the School’s website.


174



Open Sessions:Open Evening: Thursday 9 October 2014 5.30 – 8.30pm.Headteacher’s address 6.15pm and 7.30pm

Open Mornings: 13th – 17th October 2014 9am and 10.45amTo book an appointment please call 01474 814646 x 235


1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately, after being looked after by the local authority, became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

2. Applicants who can demonstrate a special aptitude in Physical Education, Music, Drama or Art (up to a maximum of 14 places in all);

3. Applicants who have a sibling association with the school at the time of admission, i.e. a brother or sister, step or half-brother or sister, an adopted brother or sister or other person resident at the same address as if a sibling;

4. Health and Special Access Reasons – medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

5. Applicants living closest to the school. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority and further information on how distances are measured is available in the Admissions Booklets provided by the Local Authority.

Special Aptitude places:Governors reserve up to 14 places each year for students with a special aptitude for Art, Drama, Music or PE. If fewer places are taken in one subject, Governors can choose

Meopham SchoolWrotham Road, Meopham, DA13 0AHTel: 01474 814646Fax: 01474 813083E-mail: [email protected]

Trust Principal: Mr J Whitcombe MA

Headteacher: Mrs S Dickinson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs D Butler

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, High, Mixed


Specialisms: Maths & Sports






175

to o�er more places in another, if suitable applications have been received. Students with special aptitude places are automatically included in our Gifted & Talented programme. Students are ranked according to the evidence provided by parents and may be invited to a meeting if further clari�cation of standards is needed.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – If applying for a special aptitude place under (2) above, a form is available from the school and must be returned to the school by the due date for submission of the SCAF to the Local Authority.



Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.

• For a full time AS/BTEC/Diploma programme at NVQ level 3: 5+ A*-C grades, including English and Mathematics (NVQ Level 2). It is a normal requirement that students have a C grade or better in the subjects they wish to study. For some subjects the entrance criteria is a B grade at GCSE.












A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria


176



Open Sessions: Wednesday, 17 September – Open Evening – 5.00 – 8.00 pmTalks by the Principal at 5.30 pm and 6.30 pmThursday, 18 September – Open Morning – 10.00 am – 12 noonFriday, 19 September – Open Morning – 10.00 am – 12 noonMonday, 22 September – Open Morning – 10.00 am – 12 noonTuesday, 23 September – Open Morning – 10.00 am – 12 noon Monday, 20 October – Open Morning – 10.00 am and 12 noonTuesday, 21 October – Open Morning – 10.00 am and 12 noon

Tours will commence at 10.00 am and 12 noonSaturday, 18 October – Open Morning – 9.30 am – 12 noon


(Banding)The remaining applicants will be split into �ve bands based on a normal distribution of non-verbal cognitive ability scores within the national pro�le.Further detailed explanation of this and the aptitude test are available from theacademy but the table below gives indicative proportions and numbers.To re�ect a normal distribution we will use the following band identi�ers

Non VerbalCats interval

Percentage Number

Less than70 10% 21

70 to 8520% 42

86 to 112 40% 84

113 to 127 20% 42

More than127 10% 21

Anyone placing New Line Learning on the application form will need to bring their child for a non-verbal CATs test. This will take place in the second/thirdweek in November 2014.

If the Academy is oversubscribed, places will be ranked using each of the following in priority order, with applications submitted by the published deadline taking initial priority. Late applications will be allocated in the same order.

New Line Learning AcademyBoughton Lane, Loose, Maidstone, ME15 9QLTel: 01622 743286Fax: 01622 741963E-mail: O�[email protected] www.futureschoolstrust.comwww.newlinelearning.com

Headteacher: David Elliott

Admissions Contact Name: Barbara Auster









177

Within each band the criteria will be applied in the order in which they are set out below:

a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Children of sta� employed by Future Schools Trust and working at New Line Learning Academy as their primary place of work where:

i) The member of sta� has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission to the school is made.

ii) The member of sta� is recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

c) Children applying from Tiger Primary School on the Boughton Lane site which is run by the Future Schools Trust and is a named feeder school for New Line Learning Academy.

d) Current family association (only an elder brother or sister in the Academy at time of application, who will still be attending when the applicant child is admitted counts.)

e) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

f) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority.

Note – where less than the required number fall into a band, we will distribute evenly from adjacent bands.

If the last pupil to be o�ered a place within the New Line Learning Academy’s published admission number (PAN) is a multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this may raise the intake number above the school’s PAN. The PAN will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – The Cornwallis Academy (Who run the post 16 provision on the New Line Learning site) has an admission capacity of 350 students for Year 12, for the academic year 2015/2016. These places are expected to be taken up bystudents progressing from within the two Future Schools Trust academies – the Cornwallis Academy and the New Line Learning Academy. It is expected that the majority of the student-places across the two years of the combined 6th-form will be provided at the Cornwallis Academy site.

Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 4 GCSE passes at grade C or above, along with the minimum published requirements for each A level, as outlined in our prospectus.

The admission number for external candidates will be 90 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 350.

178















179


Open Sessions:Open Evening: Wednesday 8th October 2014 5.00pm – 8.00pm.Open Mornings: Monday 13th, Tuesday 14th, Wednesday 15th, Thursday 16th, Friday 17th, Monday 20th and Tuesday 21st October 2014 9.00am – 10.30am by appointment.





Children who live nearer to The North School than any other maintained non selective secondary school or academy – Children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the North School with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.

Children who live nearer to any other maintained non selective secondary school or academy than The North School – Children for whom the North School is not their nearest non selective secondary school or academy will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the North School with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.

The North SchoolEssella Road, Ashford, TN24 8ALTel: 01233 614600Fax: 01233 612906E-mail: [email protected] www.north.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mrs N Hodges

Admissions Contact Name: Miss Y. Elder

Type of School: Secondary, Community, High, Mixed


Specialisms: Sport & Rural Dimension





180


In the event of any of the above criteria being oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance as described above with those closest being given higher priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. To undertake level 3 courses applicants must have 5A*-C grades in at least 5 subjects including English and Maths GCSE and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. Where students fail to gain 5A*-C grades, they will be able to choose from a selection of bespoke level 2 pathways on o�er. These pathways include subjects equivalent to GCSE grades at grades A*-C and are a stepping stone to advanced level study.


Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.













181


Open Sessions: Tours 9am Monday 13 to Wed 15 and 2pm on Thursday 16Open Evening Wednesday 8th October 6.30 Start.


a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.


c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

d) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.



Northfleet School for GirlsHail Road, North�eet, DA11 8AQTel: 01474 831020Fax: 01474 335058E-mail:abbottm@north�eetgirls.kent.sch.ukwww.north�eetgirls.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mrs J Wilson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs W Abbott

Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Girls


Specialisms: Business & Enterprise





182


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 within North�eet School for Girls but the school welcomes applications from external students. 20 places are available for external students who meet the entrance criteria.

We take great care to ensure that students enrol onto courses of an appropriate level and are able to o�er academic and vocational opportunities. For admission to the Sixth form the majority of courses will require applicants to have obtained a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above (or equivalent) with a Grade B in English for any A-Level course. Where a student is seeking to study a “subject speci�c” A-Level, such as Mathematics, a higher entry level may be required (i.e. Mathematics is Grade A at GCSE).


Over-subscriptionIn case of over subscription our normal admissions criteria apply.













183


Open Sessions: Open Evening: Thursday 9th October 2014, 6.00 pm to 9.00 pm.Guided Tours: Weeks beginning 13th and 20th October 2014, appointments to be arranged with the school


1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

2. Where the child has a sibling attending North�eet Technology College or North�eet School for Girls at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house,

including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

4. Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data.

Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

A student’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the student’s home address on the day you completed your application form and which is either

Northfleet Technology CollegeColyer Road, North�eet, DA11 8BGTel: 01474 533802Fax: 01474 536122E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Jane Partridge

Admissions Contact Name: Linda Lancaster

Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High, Boys







184


Owned by the child’s parent, parents or carer OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or carer under a lease or written rental agreement.

If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

NB A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-G or above and B/A grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.

The admission number for external candidates will be 40 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 100.















185


Open Sessions:Year 6 Open Afternoon Wednesday 17th September 2014Year 6 Open Evening Wednesday 1st of October 2014



Children in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 years, for whom Kent County Council provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989), or who ceased to be so because they were adopted, or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

Current Family AssociationA brother or sister is attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings, from multiple births (twins, triplets etc.) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting

all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

Health and Special Access ReasonsMedical/Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physicalimpairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social need means there is ademonstrable and signi�cant need for their child to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

Nearness of children’s homes to schoolThe distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements-Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining

The Norton Knatchbull SchoolHythe Road, Ashford, TN24 0QJTel: 01233 620045Fax: 01233 633668E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Ms. S. K. Staab

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs. E. Seccombe



Specialisms: Modern Foreign Languages, Science





186


a minimum of 8 GCSE passes including English and Mathematics. Within these 8 grades, candidates need to have obtained at least 4 B grades and 4 C grades (344 points). Furthermore, candidates need to have achieved the required grades for entry to their chosen subjects as detailed in our Sixth Form Prospectus which can be found on our website.







All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.Where learners have achieved better result than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places


Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused. To lodge an appeal please write to Mrs. S. Butcher, Clerk to The Board of Governors, care of the school.



Late applications will be considered if there are still spaces available.

In the case of over-subscription, the school will apply the same criteria as those which pertain to admissions in Years 7-11.



187


Open Sessions: Open Evening: Tuesday 14th October 2014, 4.00pm – 8.00pm.Open Mornings: Thursday 16th, Friday 17th, Tuesday 21st, Wednesday 22nd October 9.00am – 11.00am.



a. Children in Local Authority Care — a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject of an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the ChildrenAct 1989).

b. Current Family Association — a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.

c. Health and Special Access Reasons — medical/health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority willbe given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend Oakwood Park Grammar School. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend Oakwood Park Grammar School. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and Oakwood Park Grammar School.

d. Nearness of children’s homes to school — we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and Oakwood Park Grammar School measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data.Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used by everybody. When we apply the distance criteria for oversubscription these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school.

Oakwood Park Grammar SchoolOakwood Park, Maidstone, ME16 8AHTel: 01622 726683Fax: 01622 721210E-mail: o�[email protected]

Headteacher: Mr K.W. Moody BA(Hons) MA

Admissions Contact Name: Ms T Williamson



Specialisms: Maths and Computing, Humanities

Published Admission No: 150 LA No 886 DFE No: 5422




188




Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – All students entering the Sixth Form must commit to taking 4 A Level subjects. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria.

Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 6 A*-C GCSE grades overall, with a minimum of four B grades which must be in the subjects which the student wishes to study at A Level.

A minimum of a B grade in both English and Mathematics.

The school shall determine which B grades are required when A level subjects requested have not been taken at GCSE Level.








All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of February 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.


Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Appeal Panel, care of the school.



Entry into Year 13To continue into year 13 students typically will be expected to have achieved a UCAS score of at least four D grades. Students will be expected to complete at least three subjects at A2.



189

To access general information about the academy, including annual academy achievement and attainment tables, recent academy inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the academy or visit the academy’s website.

Open Sessions: Open Evening Tuesday 16th September 2014 (5pm-8pm). Open Mornings Wednesday 17th September 2014 and Thursday 18th September 2014 (9:30am-12 noon) with supplementary Open Mornings on Tuesday 21st October 2014 and Wednesday 22nd October 2014 (9:30am-12 noon).


a. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom Kent County Council provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. b. Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the academy when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

c. Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the academy’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social need means there is a demonstrable and signi�cant need for their child to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

d. Nearness of children’s homes to the school - Children for whom Oasis Academy Hextable is the nearest school, with priority being given to those living nearest. The distance which determines how close the child lives to the Academy is the direct line measurement from the centre of the child’s main home to the designated main entrance, nominated by the Academy. For shared properties, e.g. �ats, the centre will be taken from the centre of the building. The child’s permanent home address is where he or she normally lives and sleeps and from where they go to school. Proof of residence can be requested at any time throughout the admissions process. If false or misleading information is used to gain entry to the Academy, the o�er of a place will be withdrawn and the application cancelled.

Tie Break When demand exceeds places in any of the above criteria, the distance between the child’s home and academy, measured by a straight line distance from the Ordinance Survey address point of the home to the main entrance to the academy building, will be used to decide who

Oasis Academy HextableEgerton Avenue, Hextable, Kent, BR8 7LUTel: 01322 668621Fax: 01322 668706E-mail: [email protected]

Principal: Mrs T M Bissett BEd (Hons)

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs D Kelsey/Mrs J Payne



Specialisms: Performing Arts (Dance, Drama, Music)





190


is given a place; those living nearest being given the available places.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – The annual admissions number for Year 12 students will be 125.

Admissions to courses in Year 12 will be based on a course by course basis whereby the student will need to have demonstrated, through the KS4 results, that they have the aptitude to study the chosen course.

Year 11 students currently on roll at the academy may proceed to Year 12 where they meet the speci�ed entry requirements. The requirements for entry to Year 12 will be 5 GCSEs A*-C in relevant subjects for Level 3 courses and appropriate grades for Level 2 courses.

Students not currently on the roll of the academy who wish to join Year 12 must complete the required application form and return it to the academy or apply on-line at www.kentchoices4u.com. The Academy will consider all applications for places in Year 12 at Oasis Academy Hextable.

Over-subscription criteriaWhere the number of applications for admission to Year 12 is greater than the published admission number, applications will be considered against the over-subscription criteria set out above.




Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Principal.





191

Oasis Academy Isle of Sheppey opened in January 2014. To access general information about the Academy including uniform policy, standards and expectations please contact the Academy or visit the Academy’s website.

Open Sessions:The Academy is divided across two Campuses based in Minster-on-Sea and Sheerness. Opportunities to visit the Campuses are as follows:

Minster-on-Sea Campus: Open Evening: Wednesday 24th September 5pm until 8pmOpen Morning: Thursday 2nd October 08.45am until 10.00am. Bookable tours available. Phone: 01795 873591

Sheerness Campus:Open Evening: Wednesday 8th October 5pm until 8pmOpen Morning: Thursday 16th October 08.45 until 10.00am. Bookable tours available. Phone: 01795 873591


a. Admission of children in Local Authority Care or were in Local Authority Care but are no longer due to an adoption. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authorityprovides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or

who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately afterbeing looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b. Admission of pupils whose siblings currently attend the academy and who will continue to do so on the date of admission; “sibling” is de�ned as a brother or sister or step-brother or step-sister where the children are livingtogether in the same family.

c. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school.

Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitablyquali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

d. Admission of pupils who reside on the Isle of Sheppey, children residing on the Isle of Sheppey will be ranked by straight line distance as de�ned in section (e) below

e. Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are

Oasis Academy Isle of Sheppey Minster-on-Sea Campus: Minster Road, Minster-on-Sea, ME12 3JQSheerness Campus: Marine Parade, Sheerness, ME12 2BETel: 01795 873591Email : o�[email protected]: admissions@oasisisleofsheppey.orgwww.oasisacademyisleofsheppey.org

Executive Principal: David Millar

Admissions Contact: Louisa Hui



Specialisms: Business & Enterprise, Sport





192


measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey which will be equidistant between the two sites (OS Reference 593,281 173,640). The sameaddress point on the school site is used for everybody.

If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Sixth Form Published Admission Number: 200 places per year group; 50 of which are agreed for external candidates.

The entry criteria for the Academy’s Sixth Form are: Level 2 Courses - 5 A* - G GCSE grades Level 3 A Levels - 5 A* - C GCSE grades including English & Mathematics and a B grade in a relevant subject Level 3 BTEC Courses – 5 A* - C GCSE grades as a minimum with English & Mathematics preferred

Over-subscription Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:

O�ers and Appeals O�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the student’s chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.


O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015. Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Academy Council, care of the Academy.





193


Open Sessions: Saturday 27th September – 9.30 – 12.30pm, Thursday 2nd October 8.30 – 10am and Thursday 9th October 8.30 – 10am (all by appointment)


a. Looked after children who are in the care of a local authority or provided with accommodation by that authority in accordance with Section 22 of the Children Act 1989 and previously looked after children will be given the highest priority. (A letter from the responsible local authority con�rming the young person’s status must be provided.);

b. Admission of students whose siblings currently attend the school and who will continue to do so at the time of entry. (Note; the term ‘sibling’ includes full- half-, and step-siblings and those living as siblings in the same family unit on the roll of Orchards Academy);

c. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in

particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

d. Admission of students on the basis of proximity to the school using a straight line measurement. Distances will be measured using Ordnance Survey address point data which takes a measurement from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a de�ned point in the Academy. The same point of measurement in the Academy is used for all distance measurements.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements –Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and C grades in English and Maths.

The admission number for external candidates is not limited, however in the event that 100 or more internal students apply for sixth form no external candidates shall be considered.

Orchards AcademySt Mary’s Road, Swanley, BR8 7TETel: 01322 665231Fax: 01322 661006E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs N Willbourn

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L King








194















195


Open Sessions: Open Evening is on 14th October between 6 -9pmOpen Mornings on 20th and 21st October between 9.30am and 12.30pm Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

a) Children in Local Authority Care. A child under 18 years of age for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (section 20 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became the subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Childen Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Health and special Access Reasons. Medical, health and social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will

be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

c) Children with siblings attending Pent Valley at the time of entry including natural, fostered and adopted children and half siblings and step siblings.

d) Children on roll at St Mary’s Church of England School on 1st September in the year preceding transfer to secondary school.

e) Nearness of children’s homes to the school. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordinance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Supplementary Form Required: No.


Pent Valley Surrenden Road, Folkestone, CT19 4EDTel: 01303 277161Fax: 01303 279342E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr Mario Citro

Admissions Contact Name: Debbie Morris (Education and Attendance Welfare O�cer)

Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, High Mixed


Specialisms: Sport and Technology





196


Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Course acceptance will depend upon the entry requirements of that particular subject at L3. All pupils have the right to take up any L2 course on o�er depending upon numbers







O�ers and AppealsParents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.






197


Open Sessions: Open Mornings: Tuesday 14th and Friday 17th October 2014 from 9.00am – 12.00pm. The Headteacher will speak at 10.45am. Open Evening: Wednesday 22nd October 2014 from 6.00pm – 8.00pm. The Headteacher will speak at 6.00pm and 6.45pm. Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible pupils in the following priority order-


2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context

brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sister.

3. Students currently in receipt of free school meals. In this instance parents or guardians will be required to complete a Supplementary Information Form, which will need to be accompanied by evidence to this e�ect.

4. Children of sta�, where the member of sta� has been employed at Queen Elizabeth’s Grammar School on a permanent contract for 2 years or more, or has been recruited to �ll a post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

5. Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equalities Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’ or guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.

6. Distance – we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion, these straight line measurements

Queen Elizabeth’s Grammar SchoolAbbey Place, Faversham, ME13 7BQTel: 01795 533132Fax: 01795 538474E-mail: o�[email protected]

Headteacher: Mr D M Anderson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L Rogers

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, Grammar, Mixed






198


are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.

In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider. If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.

After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances: a. When a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or

b. When a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or

c. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent

Supplementary Form Required: YES


Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsOpen Sessions: Presentations to take place Thursday 27th November 2014, 6.00pm – 8.00pm. The Headteacher will speak at 6.10pm.

Following the admission of our own Year 11 students, should the number of external applications for the Sixth Form exceed 160, these places will be allocated to eligible students in the following priority order:


2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context

brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sister.

3. Children of sta�, where the member of sta� has been employed at Queen Elizabeth’s Grammar School on a permanent contract for 2 years or more, or has been recruited to �ll a post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.



In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider. If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.



199

a. When a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or b. When a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent


200



Open Sessions: Thursday 25th September 7pm


1. Catholic children in local authority care or looked after children in the care of a Catholic family, including children who have been adopted or are awaiting adoption by Catholic parents.

2. Baptised Catholic children attending Catholic Primary Schools in the Canterbury Deanery, i.e. St Thomas’ Catholic Primary School; St Teresa’s Catholic Primary School; St Simon of England Catholic Primary School; St Mary’s Catholic Primary School.

3. Baptised Catholic children who are attending other Catholic Primary Schools, including St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School; Stella Maris Catholic Primary School, St Augustine’s Catholic Primary School.

4. Other Baptised Catholic children.

5. Catholic Catechumens.

6. Other Looked After children including children who have been adopted.

7. Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and who attend a Catholic Primary School in the Canterbury Deanery and whose application is supported by the priest/minister where the family worship i.e. St Thomas’ Catholic Primary School; St Teresa’s Catholic Primary School; St Simon of England Catholic Primary School; St Mary’s Catholic Primary School.

8. Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and who attend another Catholic Primary School and whose application is supported by the priest/minister where the family worship, including St Joseph’s Catholic Primary School; Stella Maris Catholic Primary School, St Augustine’s Catholic Primary School.

9. Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and whose application is supported by the priest/minister where the family worship.

10. Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and whose application is not evidenced by a priest/minister.

11. Non-Catholic Christian Catechumens and members of Eastern Christian Churches.

12. Children who are not baptised but who are members of another faith and whose application is supported by a relevant minister of religion.

St Anselm’s Catholic SchoolOld Dover Road, Canterbury, CT1 3ENTel: 01227 826200Fax: 01227 826201E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr Michael Walters

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Yvonne Bryant

Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Academy, All Ability, Mixed








201

13. Children who are not baptised but who are members of another faith and whose application can be supported by evidence of a ‘dedication’ or similar.

14. Any other children

‘TIE-BREAK’In each of the categories above the following criteria will apply where the number of applications exceeds the number of places available:

a) Children with brothers or sisters (including step-brothers and step-sisters) living in the same household attending the School at the time of entry.

b) Children whose Minister/Priest can con�rm regular weekly religious practice as opposed to occasional practice, as indicated by the Minister/Priest on the relevant form.

c) Children living nearest the school will be given highest priority, with distance being measured using KCC distance measurements provided. This is the distance measured in a straight line, using Ordnance Survey address data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes.Applicants must complete the KCC Common Application Form (CAF) and in addition they should complete the St Anselm’s Supplementary Information Form and submit evidence of Baptism or Catechumen instruction. Completion of a Supplementary Form is not mandatory; however, if one is not received the Governors will not be able to apply their admission criteria and the application may have to be considered under the ‘any other children’ category


Sixth Form Admission ArrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form at St Anselm’s Catholic School will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of �ve GCSE passes at grade C or above plus any speci�c entry requirements for the subjects which have been chosen for level 3 study.



• Catholic children in local authority care or looked after children in the care of a Catholic family, including children who have been adopted or are awaiting adoption by Catholic parents.

• Baptised Catholic children attending Catholic Secondary Schools.

• Other Baptised Catholic children.

• Catholic Catechumens.

• Children in Local Authority Care – Other looked after children including those who have been adopted.

• Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and who attend a Catholic Secondary School.

• Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and whose application is supported by the priest/minister where the family worship.

• Baptised children who are not Catholic but whose parents wish them to receive a Catholic education and whose application is not evidenced by a priest/minister.

• Non-Catholic Christian Catechumens and members of Eastern Christian Churches.

• Children who are not baptised but who are members of another faith and whose application is supported by a relevant minister of religion.

202


• Children who are not baptised but who are members of another faith and whose application can be supported by evidence of a ‘dedication’ or similar.

• Any other children.

TIE-BREAKIn each of the categories above the following criteria will apply where the number of applications exceeds the number of places available:

Children with brothers or sisters (including step-brothers and step-sisters) living in the same household attending the School at the time of entry.

Children whose Minister/Priest can con�rm regular weekly religious practice as opposed to occasional practice, as indicated by the Minister/Priest on the relevant form.

Children living nearest the school will be given highest priority, with distance being measured using KCC distance measurements provided. This is the distance measured in a straight line, using Ordnance Survey address data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.





O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s four chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become

�rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results. O�er letters will be sent before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.







203


Open Sessions:Open Evening : Wednesday 24 September 2014Open Mornings:Tours at 9.15am every Monday and Wednesday from 8 September. Please telephone on 01622 752490 to book a tour.



2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and

sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sister.



In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider.

St Augustine AcademyOakwood Road, Maidstone, ME16 8AETel: 01622 752490Email: o�[email protected]

Principal: Mr Jason Feldwick

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L. Boxshall

Type of School: Secondary, Academy, High, Mixed, Church of England designation


Specialism: Enterprise





204


If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.







Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsEntry into the Sixth Form is conditional on attaining entry requirements for courses:• For entry onto an A level course students must have

achieved at least 5 x A*-C including English and Maths. • For entry onto a speci�c A level course students must

achieve a B(GCSE) in English and B in the related subject. • In order to be considered onto a Vocational course

learners must achieve 5 x A*-C including English and Maths.

• To study level 2 courses (details available from the school) students will be required to have a minimum of 5 x D-G as a minimum.

Over-subscriptionThe PAN for Sixth Form is 100. Following the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.

O�ers and AppealsO�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations

prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.




Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Academy Council, care of the school.





205


Open Sessions: Open Evening Monday 29 September 2014 – 17:00-19:00 hoursOpen Mornings Week Beginning Monday 13 October – Friday 17 October 2014Ring the School for an appointment


1. Looked-after children and previously Looked-after children from Catholic Families.

2. Members of practising Catholic families, as con�rmed by a reference from a Catholic Priest or Deacon. Highest priority will be given to those who attend Mass at least once a month.

3. Members of Catholic families, with a reference from a Catholic Priest or Deacon.

4. Other Looked-After Children and previously Looked-After children.

5. Members of Eastern Christian Church families, with a reference from a member of their clergy.

6. a) Baptised/Enrolled members of other Christian families, who are attenders of their Church at least once a month, as con�rmed by a reference from their Minister.

b) Baptised/Enrolled members of other Christian families, who are attenders of their Church less than once a month as con�rmed by a reference from their Minister.

c) Baptised/Enrolled members of other Christian families, who are active participants in the worship at their Primary School, as con�rmed by a reference from their Headteacher.

d) Baptised/Enrolled members of other Christian families, who are annual or occasional attenders of their Church, as con�rmed by a reference from their Church Authorities.

7. Special consideration may be given to other children if suitably supported by an appropriate referee (e.g. medical or social grounds/pastoral grounds which make the School particularly suitable for the child in question. Strong and relevant evidence must be provided by an appropriate professional authority (e.g. medical practitioner, education welfare o�cer, social worker, (priest/minister).

8. Any other applicants

St Edmund’s Catholic SchoolOld Charlton Road, Dover, CT16 2QBTel: 01304 201551Fax No: 01304 202226E-mail:o�[email protected]@st-edmunds-dover.kent.sch.ukwww.st-edmunds.com

Executive Headteacher: Mr M Ryan

Headteacher: Ms C Hamilton

Head of School: Mr M Wilson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs R Russell

Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Voluntary Aided, Comprehensive, Mixed






206


For All Criteria: Priority will be given to.

a) A brother or sister on the school roll at the time of admission. Evidence of the relationship may be required.

b) Social and medical needs which make the school particularly suitable for the child in question. Strong and relevant evidence must be provided by an appropriate professional authority (eg quali�ed medical practitioner, education welfare o�cer, social worker, priest).

c) Distance from home to school is measured as a straight line from the home to the main gate of the school using the measurement supplied by the local authority derived from their computerised mapping system. Those living closest to the school being given the highest priority. For more information please see Notes below.

For Criteria 2-3 and 5-6 every applicant is asked to provide details of Baptism and current Church membership.

In order for an application to be valid, you must complete the Local Authority’s Common Application Form. In addition, in order for the school to fully consider your application and rank it according to the published admissions criteria, you should complete the Supplementary Information Form and return this to the School.

Notes ‘Looked-After Children’ has the same meaning as in section 22 of the Children Act 1989 and means any child in the care of a Local Authority or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents).

‘Catholic’ means a member of a Church in communion with the See of Rome. This includes the Eastern Catholic Churches. The evidence for this will normally be a certi�cate of Baptism or Reception.

‘Eastern Christian Churches’ includes the Orthodox Churches. The evidence for this will normally be a certi�cate of Baptism or Reception from that Church’s Authorities. ‘Practising’ means regular attendance at Mass or Sunday Worship, the basis for which is taken to be at least monthly. The Common Diocesan Reference Form will be used for this purpose when necessary.

Where appropriate, evidence of enrolment in the Catechumenate will be required.

Brother and sister includes all siblings whether by blood, marriage, foster or adoption.

Medical / Health and special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Disability Discrimination Act 1995. Priority will be given to children under this criterion whose health or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali�ed medical practitioner. The evidence must demonstrate a special connection between the child’s needs and the particular school.

The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the LA Further details of how measurements are made and how applications from pupils resident in blocks of �ats will be measured are availaiable in the front of this booklet. This booklet will also provide further details of what constitutes main residence where a child may reside at more than one family home.



Sixth Form Admissions Arrangements Contact the School O�ce for an Application Form

Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or above and C grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.

Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external candidates will be 20, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 100.


207

Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.





Should an applicant not be o�ered a place and the parents/guardians consider that there is a positive reason to appeal against the IEB decision; they have a right to do so under the 1980 Education Act. They should address their appeal to the Clerk to the IEB, c/o The School within 21 days of being refused a place, stating the full grounds of objection to the IEB decision.


208



Open Sessions:Monday, 6th October 2014. 4 pm to 7 pm.


1. Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority Care. A child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

2. Children with a sibling attending the School at the time of application. Sibling is de�ned in these arrangements as children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. A child who attends a Church which is a member of “The Churches Together in England and Wales”. The local

Vicar, Parish Priest or Pastor will be required to provide written evidence to the Governing Body on the Clergy’s Form concerning the child’s and parents/carers’ a�liation to the local Church. Priority will be given to those who attend Church more frequently.

4. A child whose parents attend a church which is a member of “The Churches Together in England and Wales”. The local Vicar, Parish Priest or Pastor will be required to provide written evidence to the Governing Body on the Clergy’s Form concerning the child’s and parents/carers’ a�liation to the local Church. Priority will be given to those who attend Church more frequently.

5. A child who is a�liated to a Church which is a member of “The Churches Together in England and Wales” through membership of youth groups associated with these Churches. The local Vicar, Parish Priest or Pastor will be required to provide written evidence to the Governing Body on the Clergy’s Form concerning the child’s (and parents/carers’ a�liation) to the local Church.

6. A child who requires a place on Medical / Health and Special Access grounds. This criterion will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to children under this criterion whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend St George’s Church of England Foundation School. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend St George’s Church of England Foundation School. Medical/Health and Special Access Reasons must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali�ed medical practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection

St George’s Church of England Foundation School, BroadstairsWestwood Road, Broadstairs, CT10 2LHTel: 01843 861696Fax: 01843 609001E-mail:admin@st-georgescofe-thanet.kent.sch.ukwww.stgeorges-school.org.uk

Principal: Mrs Kim Stoner

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Sam Burles

Type of School: Secondary, Church of England, Foundation, High, Mixed







209

between the child’s needs and St George’s Church of England Foundation School.

7. Distance from home to school measured in accordance with the Local Authority provision “Nearness of children’s home to school – the Local Authority use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The home of the child is established by the fact that they reside there permanently or where parents have shared responsibility for a child following the breakdown of their relationship and the child lives for part of the week with each parent.

Supplementary Form Required: YESPlease Note: It is essential that parents complete the school’s own supplementary information forms if they wish their child to be considered by St. George’s Cof E Foundation School. These forms can be obtained from the school and must be returned to the school no later than Friday, 7th November 2014.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above including maths and English and A/B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. (Further details can be found in the online Sixth Form Prospectus)

The admission number for external candidates will be �exible depending on the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 100

Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the

order set out to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.








210



Open Sessions: Saturday 4 October 2014 from 10.00am to 2.00pmHeadteacher speaks at 11.30am and 1.30pmTours available during the working day: 6th – 10th October and 13th - 17th October 2014 (inclusive) by appointment only.

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Edu-cation, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the priority order below. In the event of there being more applicants than places remaining within a particular �nal criterion, priority will be given to those children who live closest to the school at the time the application is considered. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Author-ity.

1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accom-modation by agreement with their parents/carers (Sec-tion 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A

of the Children Act 1989).

2. Children or one of whose parents/guardians is:

a) At the heart of a Church of England church

b) At the heart of a church which is a member of Churches Together in England (churches will have to prove membership) or at the heart of a place of worship, or equivalent religious centre, of a faith other than the Christian faith.This would normally be for a period of at least 2 years. The appropriate priest, minister or religious leader will be required to con�rm this on this supplementary in-formation form at the time of application.


a) Attached to a Church of England church

b) Attached to a church which is a member of Church-es Together in England (churches will have to prove membership) or attached to a place of worship, or equivalent religious centre, of a faith other than the Christian faith.This would normally be for a period of at least 2 years. The appropriate priest, minister or religious leader will be required to con�rm this on this supplementary in-formation form at the time of application.


a) Known to a Church of England church

b) Known to a church which is a member of Churches

Saint George’s Church of England School, GravesendMeadow Road, Gravesend, DA11 7LSTel: 01474 533082Fax: 01474 533844E-mail: readd@saintgeorgescofe.kent.sch.ukwww.saintgeorgescofe.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mrs A Southgate

Admissions Contact Name: Miss D Read

Type of School: Secondary, Church of England, Academy, Wide Ability, Mixed




Number of Applications for Year 7 entry September 2014: 667




211

Together in England (churches will have to prove membership) or known to a place of worship, or equivalent religious centre, of a faith other than the Christian faith.This would normally be for a period of at least 2 years. The appropriate priest, minister or religious leader will be required to con�rm this on this supplementary in-formation form at the time of application.

5. Children of other applicants who have completed the supplementary information form.

6. Children of other applicants who have not completed the supplementary information form.

Notes:An applicant at the heart of the church or other place of worship will be a frequent worshipper who usually wor-ships twice a month (this can include weekday worship). The worshipper may be the child for whom application is made or one or both parents.

An applicant attached to the church or other place of worship will be one whose family attends monthly or is regularly involved in another church activity.

An applicant known to the church or other place of wor-ship will be one whose family attends occasionally or has some other family connection with the church or other place of worship.

Supplementary form required: YesAvailable from and returnable to the school.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsEntry into the Sixth Form is conditional on attaining entry requirements for courses. For entry onto an A level course students must have achieved at least 5 x A*-C including English and Maths. These must come from 5 separate subjects (e.g. while a BTEC may count as 4 GCSEs, as an entry requirement of Sixth Form it counts as 1). For entry onto a speci�c A level course students must achieve a B (GCSE) in English and B in the related subject. Students wanting to do A level Maths must achieve a Grade A at GCSE. In order to be considered onto a Vocational course learners must achieve 5 x A*-C including English and Maths. To study level 2 courses (details available from

the school), students who have failed to secure 5 A*-C including Maths and English can pursue Level 2 courses. Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, Saint George’s C of E oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out above to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.





Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Academy Council, care of the school.

Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. A waiting list will be held and ranked according to the over-subscription criteria.

TransportPlease note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be

212


found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport


213

To access general information about the school, including annual school achievement and attainment tables, recent school inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the school or visit the school’s website: www.sgschool.org.uk.

Open Sessions: Mornings – 24th and 25th September 2014 9am – 11.15amOpen Evening – Thursday 25th September 2014 at 6.30pm


Category 1a: Baptised Catholic children. Priority within this category is given to baptised Catholic Looked-After Children and Looked-After Children in the care of a Catholic family (see note 1). All other baptised Catholic Children are ranked according to the over-subscription criteria as detailed below.

Category 1b: Other Baptised/Dedicated and/or Practising Christian* children and Looked-After Children. Priority within this category is given to all other Looked-After Children (see note 1). All other Baptised/Dedicated and/or practising Christian* children are ranked according to the over-subscription criteria as detailed below.

* By “Christian” we accept attendance at a church which is a member of Churches Together in England.

Category 2a: Children of other faiths. Governors would consider under this Category applications from parent(s) who are practising members of other world faith-based communities, and who attend, as de�ned by local practice, the meetings of their community and are actively involved in its life. Evidence of religious commitment provided by a priest, minister or religious leader or a designated place of worship will be required.

Category 2b: Any other children. Applications where the Supplementary Information Form is not available, or which do not fall into the above three categories.

Applications will be ranked, within each Category, using the following over-subscription criteria:

a. the presence of a brother or sister (see note 2) in the school at the time of admission

b. attendance at one of the following partner primary schools: St Augustine’s Catholic Primary School (Tunbridge Wells), St Margaret Clitherow Catholic Primary School (Tonbridge), St Mary’s Catholic Primary School (Crowborough), St Thomas’ Catholic Primary School (Sevenoaks),

c. frequency of the family attendance at a church / place of worship as veri�ed on the Supplementary Information Form

d. commitment to the ethos of Christian Catholic education

St Gregory’s Catholic Comprehensive SchoolReynolds Lane, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9XLTel: 01892 527444Fax: 01892 566621E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr S. Adamson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Suzanne Burgess

Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed


Specialisms: Mathematics and ICT





214


e. in the event of a tie-break, distance as measured by the LA (see note 3) will be used to rank applications

For applications within Categories 1a, 1b and 2a Appropriate documentary evidence of church / place of worship membership will be required. This should ideally be a certi�cate of baptism or dedication and a completed Supplementary Information Form. If any of these documents are unavailable (e.g the church / place of worship attended does not practise baptism or dedication), a letter from the priest, minister or religious leader clearly detailing the family commitment to and attendance at the place of worship will be required.

Additional notes 1 Looked-After Children A ‘Looked-After Child’ or a child who was previously Looked-After but immediately after being Looked-After became subject to an adoption, residence, or special guardianship order. A Looked-After Child is a child who is (a) in the care of a local authority, or (b) being provided with accommodation by a local authority in the exercise of their social services functions (see the de�nition in Section 22(1) of the Children Act 1989). In accordance with the Admissions Code of Practice, Governors will give priority to baptised Catholic Looked-After Children and Looked-After Children in the care of a Catholic family. All other Looked-After Children will be given priority within Category 1b.

2 Siblings A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for places in the school and the school would reach its Published Admissions Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

3 Distance Tie-Break In the event of a tie-break, distance, as measured by the Local Authority, will be used.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available from and returnable to the school. Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 and will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

Sixth Form admission arrangements Students are able to join the School in Year 12 for 6th Form studies. Year 11 pupils at St Gregory’s School have priority over those seeking to join the Sixth Form from other schools, but external applications are very welcome. The 6th Form Centre has a capacity for 230 students (Years 12/13 combined) and, in the event of over subscription, applications will be ranked according to the admissions criteria as set out in this Admissions Policy.

To embark on any ‘AS’ course you must have gained at least �ve GCSE passes of Grade ‘C’ or above with a grade ‘B’ GCSE in the subject area you have chosen. Mathematics requires you to achieve at least grade ‘A’ GCSE. Full details of all our courses are available in the 6th Form Centre Prospectus which can be downloaded from the school website (or contact the school for a hardcopy). We aim to ensure that students choose a range of courses that are appropriate to their GCSE results and to their future career plans.

All o�ers are conditional on students meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results, and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, in feasible group sizes.

Where students have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked according to the schools admissions criteria.

Parents and pupils have a statutory right of appeal should an application for a place be refused (see note 5 above).





215


Open Sessions: 1st October 2014 6pm to 8pm


Category 1 Looked after Catholic children or looked after children in the care of Catholic families and previously looked after Catholic children who have been adopted.

Category 2 Baptised Catholic children. A Baptismal Certi�cate must accompany the Supplementary Form and consideration will be given to the Priest’s Declaration Form to verify the practice of the child. Applications will be ranked in the order shown on the Supplementary Form Highest priority to those who attend Mass weekly, secondly to those who attend Mass at least once a month, etc.’

Category 3 Other looked after children and other previously looked after children who have been adopted.

Category 4 Non-Catholic Children who attend the named feeder schools, i.e.: St. Bartholomew’s, Swanley, St John’s Primary School, Gravesend, St Joseph’s Primary School, North�eet, Our Lady of Hartley, Our Lady’s RomanCatholic Secondary, Dartford, English Martyrs, Strood and St Anselm’s, Dartford. The application should be supported by a letter from the Headteacher or Chair of Governors to con�rm that the pupil attends theschool.

Category 5 Children of families who are committed members of other Christian denominations that are part of Churches Together in England. Evidence of Baptism by a Minister of a designated place of worship will be required and consideration will be given to the Letter of Support from a Minister.

Category 6 Children of other faiths. Evidence of religious commitment provided by a Minister of Religious Education will be required.

Category 7 Any Other Child

In each of the categories 2, 5 and 6, priority will be given to those whose level of regular attendance at religious worship is supported by their Priest or Minister of their normal place of worship.

“Looked After Children” [i.e. those children who are in the care of the Local Authority] will be given priority over all other applications in each of the above categories. Priority will also be given, in each category, to those who have a brother or sister at the School at the time of their enrolment.

St John’s Catholic Comprehensive SchoolRochester Road, Gravesend, DA12 2JWTel: 01474 534718Fax: 01474 563763E-mail: [email protected] www.st-johns-gravesend.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mr S Maher

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs P Batcheldor

Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Voluntary Aided, Comprehensive, Mixed







216


Tie BreaksThe following order of priorities will be applied where applications within any of the above categories exceeds the places available, and it is necessary to decide between applications.1. Siblings2. Home-School distance. Nearness of children’s homes to school. In determining the number of places available, the Governors will have regard to the allocation of places made by the Local Authority of those pupils who have Statements of Educational Need.

De�nitionsIn the context of school admissions, Catholic children are de�ned as Children who are baptised or received into the Catholic Church, children baptised or received into the Eastern Churches in union with Rome and children of members of the Ordinariate.

“Practice” means regular attendance at Sunday Mass, as de�ned in Canon 1247 of the Code of Canon Law, the basis for which is taken to be at least more often than not.

“Looked After Children” is a technical term as de�ned in section 22 of the Children Act 1989 and means any child in the Care of a Local Authority or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents).

“Brother or Sister” means blood brothers and blood sisters of those who are pupils at the School at the time of enrolment; or where a family, already having children at the School at the time of enrolment, have adopted or fostered a child. It does not include brothers or sisters who were pupils at the School in the past.

“Nearness of children’s homes to school” We use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available from and returnable to the school.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5A*- C GCSE passes at grade C or above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents. The vast majority of our level 3 subjects will also require a minimum C grade in both GCSE English and Maths.


Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring for Year 11 students, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the following oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out below to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached:

Category 1 Looked after Catholic children or looked after children in the care of Catholic families and previously looked after Catholic children who have been adopted.

Category 2 Baptised Catholic children. A Baptismal Certi�cate must accompany the Supplementary Form and consideration will be given to the Priest’s Declaration Form to verify the practice of the child. Applications will be ranked in the order shown on the Supplementary Form Highest priority to those who attend Mass weekly, secondly to those who attend Mass at leastonce a month, etc.

Category 3 Other looked after children and other previously looked after children who have been adopted.

Category 4 Non-Catholic Children who attend the named feeder schools, i.e.: St. Bartholomew’s, Swanley, St John’s Primary School, Gravesend, St Joseph’s Primary School, North�eet, Our Lady of Hartley, Our Lady’s Roman Catholic Secondary, Dartford, English Martyrs, Strood and St Anselm’s, Dartford. The application should be supported by a letter from the Headteacher or Chair of Governors to con�rm that the pupil attends the school.


217

Category 5 Children of families who are committed members of other Christian denominations that are part of Churches Together in England. Evidence of Baptism by a Minister of a designated place of worship will be required and consideration will be given to the Letter of Support from a Minister.

Category 6 Children of other faiths. Evidence of religious commitment provided by a Minister of Religious Education will be required.

Category 7 Any Other Child

In each of the categories 2, 5 and 6, priority will be given to those whose level of regular attendance at religious worship is supported by their Priest or Minister of their normal place of worship.

“Looked After Children” [i.e. those children who are in the care of the Local Authority] will be given priority over all other applications in each of the above categories. Priority will also be given, in each category, to those who have a brother or sister at the School at the time of their enrolment.

Tie BreaksThe following order of priorities will be applied where applications within any of the above categories exceeds the places available, and it is necessary to decide between applications.

1. Siblings

2. Home-School distance. Nearness of children’s homes to school.

In determining the number of places available, the Governors will have regard to the allocation of places made by the Local Authority of those pupils who have Statements of Educational Need.

De�nitionsIn the context of school admissions, Catholic children are de�ned as Children who are baptised or received into the Catholic Church, children baptised or received into the Eastern Churches in union with Rome and children of members of the Ordinariate.

“Practice” means regular attendance at Sunday Mass, as de�ned in Canon 1247 of the Code of Canon Law, the basis for which is taken to be at least more often than not.

“Looked After Children” is a technical term as de�ned in section 22 of the Children Act 1989 and means any child in the Care of a Local Authority or provided with accommodation by them (e.g. children with foster parents).

“Brother or Sister” means blood brothers and blood sisters of those who are pupils at the School at the time of enrolment; or where a family, already having children at the School at the time of enrolment, have adopted or fostered a child. It does not include brothers or sisters who were pupils at the School in the past.

“Nearness of children’s homes to school” We use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.







218








219


Open SessionsOpen Evening: Tuesday 7th October 2014, 6.00pm – 8.00pmOpen Morning: Wednesday 8th October 2014, 9.00am – 10.30amOpen Morning: Wednesday 22nd October 2014, 9.00 am – 10.30am


1) Looked after Catholic children or looked after children in the care of Catholic families and previously looked after Catholic children who have been adopted or who have become the subject of a residence or guardianship order.

2) Baptised Catholic children who are attending Holy Family Catholic Primary School, Parkwood, St Francis’ Catholic Primary School, Maidstone and More Park Catholic Primary School, West Malling or who have brothers or sisters in the school at the time of admission.

3) Baptised Catholic children who are in attendance at other primary schools.

4) Other looked after children and previously looked after children who have been adopted or who have become the subject of a residence or guardianship order.

5) Children with brothers or sisters in the school at the time of admission.

6) Non-Catholic children who are attending Holy Family Catholic Primary School, Parkwood, St Francis’ Catholic Primary School, Maidstone and More Park Catholic Primary School, West Malling.

7) Children who are committed members of other Christian denominations or of other faiths.

8) Any other child.

The following order of priorities will be applied when applications within any of the above categories exceed places available and it is necessary to decide between them:

a) The strength of evidence of religious commitment (as shown by frequency of participation) provided by a priest, deacon, parish sister, minister or religious leader where the family regularly worship.

b) Distance from home to school (measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data supplied by Kent County Council).

St Simon Stock Catholic SchoolOakwood Park, Maidstone, ME16 0JPTel: 01622 754551Fax: 01622 689428E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr Brendan J Wall

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Cathy Hayes

Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Academy, Comprehensive, Mixed







220


Evidence of religious a�liation and commitmentFor Catholic children, a baptismal certi�cate (or copy) or evidence of reception into the Catholic Church must accompany the Supplementary Information Form. If the number of baptised Catholic applicants exceeds the number of places the governors can o�er, we will ask you subsequently to obtain evidence from a priest, deacon or religious sister of your religious commitment.

For children belonging to other denominations and faiths, a minister or religious leader where the family regularly worship must complete and sign the last page of the supplementary form and a supporting letter from that person must accompany the supplementary information form. The information you supply on the supplementary information form will only be used to apply the over-subscription criteria, but it will be submitted to the Appeal Panel if you are not o�ered a place and submit an appeal.

Notes:1. In the context of school admissions, Catholic children are de�ned as children who are baptised or received into the Catholic Church, children baptised or received into the Eastern Churches in union with Rome and children of members of the Ordinariate.

2. “Brothers or sisters” includes children who live as brother and sister including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters, foster brothers or sisters, and children who live as brother and sister in the same household.

3. “Children in local authority care” are children under the age of 18 years for whom a local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers under Section 22 of the Children Act 1989 or who are the subject of a Care Order under Part IV of that Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989.

4. Distance from home to school is measured by Kent County Council between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. In the event of two applicants

being an identical distance from the school, a random selection will be applied.

A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed your application form and which is either:owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement, ORleased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.

If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and your child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

After a place has been o�ered, the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:• when a parent has failed to respond to an offer within a reasonable time, or• when a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information, or• the governors offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes - In addition to the Secondary Common Application Form (SCAF) supplied by the Kent County Council, a Supplementary Information Form (available from the school), must be completed and sent to the Admissions O�cer, St Simon Stock Catholic School not later than 31st October 2014. The Supplementary Information Form MUST be completed or your application is likely to be given the lowest ranking and priority because we will not have the information to place it higher. You are advised to make copies of the forms.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Entry into the sixth form is conditional on attaining entry requirements for courses including:


221

To study 4 AS levels, students will be required to have 5 or more A* – C at GCSE including Maths and/or English with 3Bs in relevant subjects and an average points score of 49;

To study 3 AS levels or other level 3 courses, students will be required to have 5 or more A*– C at GCSE including Maths and/or English with an average points score of 40;

To study level 2 courses (details from the school), students will be required to have at least 5 D-G at GCSE and an average points score of 28 points.

Details of the courses available and speci�c entry requirements for individual subjects are set out in the prospectus obtainable from the school.

We welcome applications from students not at St Simon Stock who will support the Christian ethos of our school community. Admission is subject to places being available on suitable courses. In the event of there being more qualifying applications from external students than there are places available, the over subscription criteria set out above for Years 7-11 will apply. We expect there to be about 120 students in Year 12.


222



Open Sessions: Wednesday 24th September 6pm-8pmThursday 25th September 10am-noonThursday 16th October 6pm-8pmFriday 17th October 10am-noon


1. Children in Local Authority care and previously looked after children (as de�ned below*).

2. Where a child has a brother or sister attending this school at the time of entry. (As de�ned by the Local Authority, brother or sister means children who live in the same house as brother and sister, including adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.)

3. Where there are medical grounds for admitting a child (as de�ned below**).

4. To admit the children from the following primary schools in the following order: Sandwich, Worth, Eastry, Northbourne, Cartwright and Kelsey, Sholden, Hornbeam, Goodnestone, Minster, Wingham, Preston,Nonington, Chilton, Monkton, Aylesham, St Joseph’s at Aylesham.

5. Where a child has a parent who is an employee at the school (as de�ned below ***).

6. Nearness of child’s permanent address to the school (as de�ned below****).

Parents may wish to know that the school has been heavily oversubscribed in recent years. A map providing a guide to the distribution of places allocated in previous years can be obtained by contacting the school.

After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:• When a parent or guardian has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time or;

• When a parent or guardian has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information or;

• The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent or guardian.

De�nitions* Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.** Medical grounds

Sandwich Technology SchoolDeal Road, Sandwich, CT13 0FATel: 01304 610000Fax: 01304 610100E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Ms Veronica Gomez

Admissions Contact Name: Christine Biggs



Specialisms: Technology and Applied Learning. Training provider for Continued Professional Development and Initial Teacher Training.






223

Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.*** Parent as an employee Parent as an employee of the school is de�ned as a parent who has held a permanent contract of employment at the school for 2 or more years, or has been speci�cally employed to �ll a post for which thereis a demonstrable skills shortage.**** Nearness of child’s permanent address to the schoolThe distance between the child’s permanent address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s permanent address to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everyone. Permanent address is de�ned as the child’s main or only residence and not an address that the child sometimes stays at due to domestic or specialarrangements. If parents or guardians live separately but share responsibility for the child we will regard the permanent address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Only if you wish your child to take the school’s Technological Aptitude Test. The form is available from and returnable to the school. Further details about the Aptitude Test will be available during the Open Sessions and on the school website.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Sandwich Technology School continues to provide a wide variety of high quality learning opportunities in Years 12 and 13 for its own students and others who wish to transfer from other schools. We endeavour to nurture and maintain an inclusive school community and all students are guided on a one to one basis to ensure they are able to make informed subject choices. Entry requirements

For Level 3 courses students are required to have a minimum of �ve GCSE passes at A* to C including at least a C Grade in both English Language and Mathematics.

Students wishing to study A Levels in Mathematics, single Science subjects or Psychology will need a minimum of a B Grade at GCSE in an appropriate subject.

For Level 2 courses students are required to have �ve GCSE passes at A* to E including English and Mathematics.

Where learners have achieved better results than their predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

NumbersPriority will be given to students already enrolled at Sandwich Technology School who wish to continue their studies at the school. Our anticipated intake of students, both internal and external, is 240 of which 75 will be our published admission number for students admitted to the school for the �rst time.

Over-subscription criteriaWhere applications for admission exceed the number of places available, the following criteria will be applied, in the order set out below, to decide which children to admit:

• Children in Local Authority care and previously looked after children (as de�ned below*).• Where a child has a brother or sister attending this school at the time of entry. (As de�ned by the Local Authority, brother or sister means children who live in the same house as brother and sister, including adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.)• Where there are medical grounds for admitting a child (as de�ned below**).• Nearness of child’s permanent address to the school (as de�ned below***).

Waiting list from March 2015In the case of over-subscription, a waiting list will be compiled from March 2015 for those unable to gain entry. Eligible students will be placed on the list, according to the over-subscription criteria. The waiting list will continue until everyone on it is allocated a place, or until 1 September 2015.

224



When a parent or guardian has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time or;When a parent or guardian has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information or;The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent or guardian.Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Chair of Governors, care of the school address.

De�nitions

* Looked After Children/Children in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

** Medical groundsPriority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.

*** Nearness of child’s permanent address to the schoolThe distance between the child’s permanent address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s permanent address to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everyone. Permanent address is de�ned as the child’s main or only residence and not an address that the child sometimes stays at due to domestic or special arrangements. If parents or guardians live separately but share responsibility for the child we will regard the permanent address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays. The school

uses measurements provided by the Local Authority and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklet provided by the Local Authority.

TransportPlease note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school


225


Open Sessions:Open Afternoons: Tuesday 14th and Thursday 16th October 2014. Start at 1.45 p.m. and follow a planned programme until approx. 3.15 p.m.

Open Mornings: Wednesday 15th and Friday 17th October 2014. Start at 9.00 a.m. and follow a planned programme until approx. 10.30 a.m. Note: Please consider your journey for the Open Mornings as the tra�c in central Canterbury at this time of the day is extremely busy.

There is no need to book an Open Morning or Afternoon visit; please just turn up on the day.

Open Evening: Thursday 9th October 2014, 6.00 p.m. – 8.00 p.m. There will be 2 presentations during the evening at 6.00 p.m. and 7.15 p.m. Parents are invited to time their visit to coincide with one of these sessions.

There will be guides to take parents on a tour of the school throughout the evening.

Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible girls with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the

number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible girls in the following priority order-




Nearness of children’s homes to school – The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from

Simon Langton Girls’ Grammar SchoolOld Dover Road, Canterbury, CT1 3EWTel: 01227 463711Fax: 01227 458363E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs J. S. Robinson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs T. J. Kelk

Type of School: Secondary, Voluntary Controlled, Grammar, Girls


Specialisms: Music College, IT Status, Training School




Expected number on roll: 1,120

226


a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled school, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school.





Sixth Form Admissions arrangements -

The School has a mixed Sixth Form. Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11. The admission number for external candidates will be 80, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this, the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 and the number of students transferring into Year 13 are less than the overall total �gure for the Sixth Form, which is 400.

Admission to the school:The school is an academic institution where the expectation is that students will achieve top grades at A Level. The admissions criteria for the Sixth Form are as follows:

•At least seven subjects at grade B or above at GCSE; including in English and Mathematics.

•The minimum entry requirements specified by the subjects of their choice, with students normally achieving grade A/A* in subjects studied at AS Level.•Students choose 4 subjects to study in Year 12. They must qualify for 4 subjects to qualify to join the Sixth Form.

Where learners have achieved better results than their predicted grades, they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Criteria for Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to the Local Authority, Legal & Democratic Services.



227


Open Sessions

Yr 7 Open Sessions: Monday 6th October to Thursday 9th October inclusive and 21st October 2014. Please telephone the school to make an appointment. Yr 7 Open Evening Wednesday 8th October 7 pm.

Sixth Form Open Sessions: Open Evening Tuesday 18th November 2014 7 pmOpen Evening Tuesday 3rd February 2015 7 pm



1) Boys in Local Authority Care who meet the entry requirement – a boy under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with his parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because he was adopted or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act;

2) Boys with a Kent Test score of 92% [1] or more, in order of:

a. Boys whose parents can prove that attendance at the school is essential based on reasons of Health or Special Access.Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to boys whose health or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to boys whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali�ed medical or other practitioner. The evidence must demonstrate a special connection between the boy’s needs and the school.

b. Boys with a brother or sister attending the school at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. 3) Boys living within a 9 mile radius of the school, with a combined Kent Test score of 92% or more, in order of:

a. Proximity to the boy’s home, with those living nearer being given higher priority.

4) Other qualifying boys (i.e. those who achieve the required standard for selective education through the Kent assessment procedure), in order of:

b. Boys whose parents can prove that attendance at the school is essential based on reasons of Health or Special

Simon Langton Grammar School for BoysNackington Road, Canterbury, CT4 7ASTel: 01227 463567E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Dr M N F Baxter

Admissions Contact Name: Susan Begg

Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Boys


Specialisms: Science and Mathematics





228


Access. Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to boys whose health or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to boys whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali�ed medical or other practitioner. The evidence must demonstrate a special connection between the boy’s needs and the school.

c. Boys with a brother or sister attending the school at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.d.Proximity to the boy’s home, with those living nearer being given higher priority

Note:The school uses measurements provided by the Local Authority and the distance is measured between a boy’s permanent home address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

A boy’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the boy’s only or main residence (not an address at which the boy may sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the boy’s parent, parents or guardians; leased or rented to them under a written rental agreement. Where parents live apart but share responsibility for the boy and he lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the boy sleeps for the majority of week days over the term.

After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:-

1.When a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or

2.when a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or

3.the admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.



Sixth Form admission arrangementsThe school has a mixed Sixth Form. Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11. The admission number for external candidates will be 150 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this, the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 and the number of students transferring into Year 13 are less than the overall total �gure for the Sixth Form.

Entry Requirements:The school is an academic institution where the expectation is that students will achieve top grades at ‘A’ level. The admissions criteria for the Sixth Form are as follows:

•8 grades C and above in full GCSE courses, including English Language and Mathematics•Grade A* or A in each (nearest equivalent) GCSE subject to be studied at AS level

In exceptional circumstances, some students will be able to take a subject from grade B basis, provided that:

•They can demonstrate aptitude for the subject to be studied at AS level•There is room in the teaching group. Maximum set size is 20.•Students choose 4 subjects to study in year 12. They must qualify for 4 subjects to qualify to join the Sixth Form.Criteria for consideration to study each subject

1) Students who have already stated that they wish to study the subject and have reached the entry requirements to do;

2) Students who have got A or A* in each subject (or nearest equivalents);

3) Students who demonstrate particular aptitude for their chosen subject, but have not technically quali�ed


229

Criteria for Over-subscription1) Students in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with the child’s parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act;

2) Students with a brother or sister attending the school at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters;

3) Students whose parents can prove that attendance at the school is essential based on reasons of Health or Special Access.

Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to students whose health or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to students whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims must be supported with written evidence from an appropriately quali�ed medical or other practitioner. The evidence must demonstrate a special connection between the student’s needs and the school.

4) Proximity to the Student’s home, with those living nearer being given the higher priority. The distance is measured between a student’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody

Where learners have achieved better result than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.



230



Open Sessions:Open Morning: Monday 22nd,Tuesday 23rd and Wednesday 24th SeptemberThe school will be open from 9.00am to 11.00am Headteacher will speak inthe Hall at 10.15am

Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 5.30- 7.30pm Headteacher will speak in the Hall at 6.45pm


Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, eligible pupils with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. There are places for 144 day places and 6 places for boarders; if there are insu�cient boarding applications when the allocation of day places takes place, the school will �ll up with day pupils If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated to eligible pupils in the following priority order;

1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This

applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority become subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 of 14A of the Children Act 1989).

2. Sibling on roll at the time of entry – In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.

3. Children of sta� at the school where a member of sta� has been employed at the school for two or more years at the time at which the application for admission was made and/or the member of sta� is recruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

4. Nearness of child’s permanent home to school, with those living nearest being accorded the highest priority. If in the event more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school measure in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a similar point de�ned within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.

A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

Sir Roger Manwood’s SchoolManwood Road, Sandwich, CT13 9JXTel: 01304 613286Fax: 01304 615336E-mail: admissions @srms.kent.sch.uk [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr L J Hunter, M.A .

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J Baddeley

Type of School: Secondary, Academy Grammar, Mixed

Age Range: 11-18 Day and Boarding Pupils

Specialisms: Languages, Mathematics and Computing






231

A child’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only main residence (not an address at which the child may sometimes stay or sleep) and which is either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian or leased or rented to them under a lease or written rental agreement. Where partners live apart but share responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of week days.

BoardingThere are places for 144 day pupils and up to 6 places for boarders; if there are insu�cient boarding applications when the allocation of day places takes place, the school will �ll up with day pupils

Entry is through the Kent age 11 assessment procedure if the child is resident in the UK. If not, pupils will be required to sit an English and Mathematics Test, set by the school, in order to assess suitability for selective education.

If the number of preferences for boarding is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order.

1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers(Section 20 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

2. Children of members of the UK Armed Forces or children of families who have high mobility therefore qualify for Ministry of Defence �nancial assistance.

3. Sibling on roll at the time of entry – In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.

4. Those candidates for whom boarding is a social need. Examples of social need may be medical, health, social and special access reasons. All will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose health or physical impairment means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they

have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and a particular school.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – The Published Admission Number for external candidates is 40 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 160. Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from SRMS’s Year 11.

In order to join Year 12 at SRMS an applicant must gain at least six GCSE examination passes at grade C or above including English Language and Mathematics, with at least a grade B in the subjects intending to be studied. Where a student is choosing a subject which they did not study at GCSE (e.g. Psychology, Film Studies, Government and Politics), they must show evidence of academic strength at GCSE in related disciplines.

The application of both internal and external applicants will be judged using predicted grades awarded by their current schools. SRMS will collect predicted grades from the schools of external applicants on application. All applicants whose predicted grades mark them out as being of the required academic standard will be invited into school to have a discussion with a member of the school’s senior leadership about their future university and career plans, and to con�rm their �nal option choices.


All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers

232


will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.


Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school. Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.

A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria. Applications can be made via Kentchoices 4u or by one of our own application forms, which can be down loaded from the school website.



233


Open Sessions: Open Evening: Thursday 02 October 2014, 6.00pm – 8.30pmHeadteacher’s Address: 6.15pm and 7.30pm

College Tours: Parental tours are available between 9.00am – 10.00am and 11.00am – 12.00pm daily from Monday 06 October to Friday 17 October 2014. Tours will be limited to 25 people per tour and need to be booked in advance via the College o�ce on 01795 472449.


a) Looked After Children – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the College when the child starts. In this context, brother or sister means children who live asbrother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, step brothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. (If siblings from multiple births – twins, triplets etc – apply for the College and the College would reach its PAN after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the College will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the College above its PAN).

c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with College’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to thosechildren whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend the College. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health orsocial need means there is a demonstrable and signi�cant need for their child to attend the College. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

d) Nearness of children’s homes to the College – the distance is measuredbetween the child’s permanent address and the College in a straight line, using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a de�ned point within the College asspeci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the College site is used for everybody. When applying the distance criterion, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is

The Sittingbourne Community CollegeSwanstree Avenue, Sittingbourne, ME10 4NLTel: 01795 472449Fax: 01795 470332E-mail: Vicky.Spring@sittingbourne.kent.sch.ukwww.sittingbournecommunitycollege.org.uk

Executive Headteacher: Mr J Whitcombe MA

Admissions Contact Name: Miss V Spring



Specialisms: Creative & Performing Arts





234


to the College. The Collegel uses measurements provided by the LA.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – For Post 16 admissions, priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external candidates will be 50, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this, and the number of internal students transferring into Year 12, is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 175.

Students are admitted to the Post 16 Centre subject to the following:a) a formal application by student and parent and an academic guidance meeting to determine the courses to be studied

b) availability of a speci�c course or combination of courses

c) minimum entry requirements for speci�c courses:i) for Level 2 courses: 5 GCSEs at grade A*-Gii) for A/S and A2 levels: 5 GCSEs at grade C or above, including English Language and Mathematics and at least a grade C at GCSE in the same or a related subjectiii) Level 3 BTEC National Diplomas: 5+ A*-C with a Merit in the subject to be studied

Where learners have achieved a better results than the predicted grades, they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Oversubscription Criteria In the case of oversubscription, the following criteria will apply in the order below:

a) children in the care of a local authority/previously in local authority care

b) students with a sibling living at the same address and attending the College at the time of entry

c) health and special access reasonsd) nearness of children’s homes to the College

Parents have a statutory right of appeal should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.



235

To access general information about the Academy, including annual academy achievement and attainment tables, recent academy inspection reports and uniform policy, please contact the Academy or visit the Academy’s website.

Open Sessions: Thursday 2nd October 2014 -4-7:30pm Principal’s presentation at 4:30pm & 6pm.Tours of Skinners’ Kent Academy during the working day are available each Tuesday and Thursday between 9th September and 23rd October at 10:00am -11:00am. Please contact the Academy to book an appointment.

Oversubscription criteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order-

a) Looked after and previously looked after children .

b) Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the Academy’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can

demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

All correspondence will be treated as private and con�dential

c) Admission of students whose sibling attend the Academy at the point of admission to Skinners’ Kent Academy. (Note: In this context the term ‘sibling’ means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters.)

d) Admission of students, on the basis of proximity to the school using a straight line measurement. Distances will be measured between the child’s permanent address and the Academy using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a point de�ned within the Academy as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the Academy site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criteria for oversubscription, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s home address is to the Academy. The Academy uses measurements provided by the local authority and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the admissions booklets provided by the local authority.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Admission criteria for Year 12 student admission to the IBCC scheme (International Baccalaureate Career-related

Skinners’ Kent AcademySandown Park, Tunbridge Wells, TN2 4PYTel: 01892 534377Fax: 01892 516203E-mail:glynis.smith@skinnerskentacademy.org.ukwww.skinnerskentacademy.org.uk

Principal: Mrs Sian Carr

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Glynis Smith



Specialisms: Science & Engineering





236


Certi�cate) is set out below. The IBCC provides an exciting opportunity to attain a quali�cation that focuses on the mix of practical and academic skills needed by students in the 21st century. IB courses are known to have a more learner centred approach and to produce enhanced applications to work and Higher Education courses. •The minimum entry requirement is 5 C’s at GCSE including English and Maths. Level 3 options may have a minimum set requirement and students must be prepared to meet this.

Priority will be given to existing Academy students transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external candidates will be 6 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this together with the number of internal students transferring into Year 12 is less than required to provide an overall total �gure for the year group of 30. In the event of over subscription, the criteria applied will be as de�ned for Year 7 admission entry above.

Applications to join Year 12 should be made to the Skinners’ Kent Academy and via the UCAS Kent Choices 4U website. Current Year 11 Academy students and external students are required to make a formal application. Candidates will be invited to a meeting at the Academy to ensure that their choice of subjects is appropriate for the career path they wish to follow.

O�ers and AppealsWhere learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, c/o the Academy.



237


Open Sessions:Open Evening Thursday 2nd October 2014, 4.00pm – 8.00pmOpen Morning Tuesday 21st October 2014, 10.30am – 12.00pm (Yr6)Open Morning Wednesday 22nd October 2014, 10.30am – 12.00pm (Yr6)Open Morning Monday 29th June 2015, 10.30am – 12.00pm (Yr5)Open Morning Tuesday 30th June 2015, 10.30am – 12.00pm (Yr5)Open Morning Wednesday 1st July 2015, 10.30am – 12.00pm (Yr5)

Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure


a) Children in Local Authority Care, de�ned as a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or

who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) Applicants will be ranked according to their combined Kent test scores.

c) In the case of two applicants of equal ability, preference will be given to the boy who lives closest to the School. The school uses the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the LA.

A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which the child might sometimes stay or sleep due to speci�c domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day the parent completed the application form and which is either• owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR• leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian undera lease or written rental agreement.

If one parent lives separately from their partner but shares responsibility for the child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, the school will

The Skinners’ SchoolSt John’s Road, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9PGTel: 01892 520732Fax: 01892 549356E-mail: [email protected]

Headmaster: Mr Edward Wesson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Jenny Bishop



Specialisms: Science, Mathematics and Computing

Published Admission No: 150 LA No: 886 DCFE No: 5418




238


regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school.

In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.


1. When a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or

2. When a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or

3. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade B or above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.

The admission number for external candidates will be 1, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 245. Those external candidates with the best academic record at GCSE, whose subject option choices can be o�ered, will be admitted.

Over-subscriptionFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11 students, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.











239



240


Opening Sessions:Open Evening Tuesday 7th October 2014 at 6pm.Open mornings: Wednesday 8th, Thursday 9th and Friday 10th October 2014 at 9.15am-11am by appointment.


a) Looked After Children / Children in Local Authority Care.

b) Admission of students whose siblings currently attend the school and who will continue to do so on the date of admission.

c) Admission of students on the basis of proximity to the school using straight line measurement from the Academy to the child’s permanent home address. A permanent home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the child’s home address on the day you completed your application form. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the

home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria for the course they wish to study. Typically this will be at least 5 good passes at GCSE including a minimum of a Grade C in the subject area they wish to continue to study.



Spires AcademyBredlands Lane, Sturry, Canterbury, CT2 0HDTel: 01227 710392Fax: 01227 712370E-mail: o�[email protected]

Executive Principal: Jane Robinson

Academy Principal: Nicki Mattin

Admissions Contact Name:Amanda Russell


Age Range:11-19 Day Pupils

Specialisms: Business/Enterprise/Visual, Creative and Performing Arts






241


All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed for the course they wish to study and will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results.O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.






242



Open Sessions: Open Evening: Thursday 25 September 2014 from 5 to 8pm Presentation in the main hall by Headteacher Mr Richard Baddeley at 6pm and 7pm. Open Mornings: By appointment only: Monday 29 September 2014, Tuesday 30 September and Wednesday 1 October from 9.15 to 12 noon each day. PLEASE TELEPHONE THE NUMBER ABOVE TO BOOK A TOUR Easy access from Ashford and Maidstone area – Train Station is 5 minutes from school.






In the event of any of the above criteria being oversubscribed, priority will be given based on distance

Swadelands SchoolHam Lane, Lenham, Maidstone, ME17 2LLTel: 01622 858267Fax: 01622 850668www.swadelands.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Richard Baddeley

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L Mears

E-mail: [email protected]

Type of School: Secondary, Community, High, Mixed








243

as described above with those closest being given higher priority. In the unlikely event that two or more children in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the LA will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.



Admission to the Sixth FormAdmission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of FIVE GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above including English and Maths, and target grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents to continue on to Year 13.


Oversubscription criteriaThis is the same as younger year groups – please see details above.



Where learners have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the

grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.





244



Open Sessions:Open Evening:Thursday 16th October 2014 – 6.00-9.00pm

Open mornings:Monday 13th and Tuesday 14th October 2014 – 9.00am. Please telephone reception to book a place.


1. Children in Local Authority Care or previously in Local Authority Care– a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister in the same school at the time of entry. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brother's and sisters

3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and Thamesview School.

4. The nearness of children’s home to school. We use the distance between the child’s permanent residence and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measures from a de�ned point within the child’s home to a de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. (Distances are provided by the LA).

A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements.

The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed your application form and which is either:

Thamesview SchoolThong Lane, Gravesend, DA12 4LFTel: 01474 566552Fax: 01474 537405E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mr H Ingham

Admissions Contact Name: Miss Hayley Evans









245

•Owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian,•Leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.


If the last pupil to be o�ered a place within Thamesview School’s published admission number (PAN) is a multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this may raise the intake number above the school’s PAN. The PAN will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN.

In a tie breaker situation the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider. In the event more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority) then a random selection will be applied.


Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016 will be ranked according to the above oversubscription criteria.

Sixth Form Admissions arrangements N/A


246



Open SessionsThursday 9th October Open Morning 9.30am-middayThursday 23rd October Open Morning 9.30am-midday Thursday 23rd October Open Evening 5.30-8.30pm



1. In accordance with the School Admissions Code of Practice, looked after and previously looked after children who nominate Tonbridge Grammar School on the preference SCAF form and who have been awarded a selective assessment in the age eleven tests, will be given priority over all other applicants.

2. Girls with a selective assessment resident in any of the following three local council areas for Council Tax purposes - Tonbridge & Malling Borough, Tunbridge Wells Borough and Sevenoaks District – will be consideredaccording to the following:

2.1 a girl’s ability as indicated by her combined score in the age eleven assessment.

2.2 in the case of the above not determining a place, then proximity to the School will determine the place.

3. Girls with a selective assessment resident outside of these areas can beconsidered for 35 Governor places according to the following:

3.1 a girl’s ability as indicated by her combined score in the age eleven assessment.

3.2 in the case of the above not determining a place, then proximity to the School will determine the place.

If there are insu�cient candidates in category 3 by the published date that the Local Authority sends o�er letters to parents on behalf of all admissions authorities then surplus places will be o�ered to those in categories 2.1 and 2.2. More than 35 Governor places will be o�ered only if there are insu�cient applicants in categories 2.1 and 2.2 by the published date.

Notes:1 Children in Local Authority Care - a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

Tonbridge Grammar SchoolDeakin Leas, Tonbridge, TN9 2JRTel: 01732 365125Fax: 01732 359417E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Rosemary Joyce

Admissions Contact Name: Melanie Gailey



Specialisms: Mathematics and Computing, Modern Foreign Languages






247

2. Proximity – the school uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated is available in the Admissions Booklet provided by the LA: we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

3. Home - a pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address as submitted to the Local Authority in accordance with the Co-ordinated Scheme and which is either owned by the children’s parent, parents or guardian, OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

4. Distance in relation to a block of �ats – A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Tonbridge Grammar School o�ers an International Baccalaureate curriculum in the Sixth Form.

Candidates for entry to the Sixth Form may be in Year 11 at Tonbridge Grammar School or students (female or male) following GCSE courses at other schools.

A minimum of 40 places will be o�ered annually to external candidates. First priority will be given to ‘Looked

after Children’. The total number of places available will depend upon the combinations of courses applied for.

Applications for places will be considered on receipt of the completed application form. Applications should be received at the School by 7th December for entry to the Sixth Form the following September. In exceptional circumstances the School will consider applications from prospective students at other times. Every applicant will be invited to a guidance meeting to review their course choice selection, prior to an o�er of a place being made. This meeting is purely advisory for the student and will not form part of decisions regarding o�ers.

Conditional o�ers will be determined by receipt of con�rmation of predicted GCSE grades from the current school, and Tonbridge Grammar School’s ability to accommodate subject choice combinations.

All candidates should be capable of studying a full post 16 academic programme of study o�ered by Tonbridge Grammar School and have demonstrated their aptitude for their chosen subjects by achieving the required GCSE grade for each subject. Con�rmation of places will be dependent upon achievement of the grades advised at the time of o�er.

The minimum requirement for entry to the Sixth Form is at least three subjects at GCSE Grade A or above and a further three subjects at GCSE Grade B or above. All candidates should have GCSE Grade B or above (or their equivalent) in English and Mathematics and at least one Science.

Candidates are expected to achieve at least a Grade A in the subjects they wish to study at IB Higher and at least a B grade for subjects they wish to study at IB Standard. Full details of the speci�c grade requirements for individual subjects are published annually in the School’s Sixth Form Prospectus which can be downloaded from the website. www.tgs.kent.sch.uk

Candidates wishing to take up a new subject in the Sixth Form are expected to meet the minimum GCSE requirements for that subject as published annually in the school’s prospectus.

All Sixth Form courses last for two years and applicants are expected to commit themselves in good faith to remaining for the full duration of the course.

248


Where a prospective Sixth Form student has not satis�ed the academic entry requirements outlined above, either through illness or lack of opportunity (because she/he was educated in a di�erent country obtaining di�erent quali�cations), the School may consider their performance in a supplementary written test in English and Mathematics and/or the subject(s) that she/he wishes to study as well as supporting evidence provided by the student’s current teacher(s) con�rming that she/he is capable of bene�ting from the School’s 16+ programme.

Where an appropriate programme can be o�ered following take up by existing o�er holders, students not holding an o�er based on their predicted grades who subsequently go on to achieve the required grades on GCSE results day will be re-considered.

Parents have a statutory right of appeal, and details are available from the School.

Following the admission of internal students transferring from TGS Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirement for their particular course of study.’ Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the oversubscription criteria above will be applied to eligible students.

After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:• when a parent has failed to respond to an offer within a reasonable time; or•..when a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or• the admission authority offered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.



249


Open Sessions: Open Day: Saturday 4th October (10am-12noon)Open Evening: Monday 6th October (5.00pm-7.30pm)Open Mornings: Tuesday 7th – Friday 10th October (9.00am-11.00am) – please contact the school directly for an appointment.


•Children in Local Authority Care –a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority become subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

•Current Family Association - a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted



•Health and Special Access Reasons - Medical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social need means there is a demonstrable and signi�cant need for their child to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

•Children who live nearer to Towers School than any other maintained non selective secondary school or academy – Children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the Towers with those living closest being ranked highest. We use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody

•Children who live nearer to any other maintained non selective

Towers SchoolFaversham Road, Kennington, Ashford, TN24 9ALTel: 01233 634171Fax: 01233 628326E-mail: [email protected]

Principal: Richard Billings

Admissions Contact Name: Natalie Taylor







250


secondary school or academy than Towers School – Children for whom Towers is not their nearest non selective secondary school or academy will be ranked according to the distance from their home to Towers with those living closest being ranked highest. We use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everyone.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Admission to the Sixth Form for the Level 3 Pathway will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes (including English) at grade C or above and C grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.




All o�ers made during Year 11 are conditional on pupils meeting the grade criteria speci�ed and will only become

�rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results. O�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.







251


Open Sessions Open Mornings from 10.00 – 12 noon on 25th, 26th, 29th, 30th Sept1st &, 6th Oct and Open Evening on 7th October from 6pm – 9pm. Other times available by appointment, please contact the school directly.

Enrichment Day – Saturday 27 September, for Year 5 pupils. Places are limited please contact the school to book.


1.Looked after and previously looked after children.

2. Faith places

a) Up to 50% of the remaining places will be allocated to students fromfamilies attached to a Christian church, ranked as follows:

b) Students with siblings on roll at the time that the applicant will join theschool

c) Distance from the school, with the closest homes being allocated �rst.

3. The remaining places will then be allocated without reference to faith, rankedas follows:

d) Students with siblings on roll at the time that the applicant will join theschool

e) Distance from the school, with the closest homes being allocated �rst.

In the event that distance from school results in several students eligible for the last place, then the last place will be allocated by ballot of those equidistant students. The ballot will be overseen by someone independent ofthe school.

In the event that the last student admitted by distance is a twin or of multiple birth, then they would both be admitted.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes, if applying for a Faith place. This form should be returned direct to the school, a CAF form must also be completed and send directly to KCC Admissions Team.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements: Not applicable for 2015

Trinity School, SevenoaksAddress: Ryedale Court, London Road, Sevenoaks, TN13 2DNTel: 01732 469111E-mail: o�[email protected]

Headteacher: Matthew Tate

Admissions Contact Name: Kate Hockey

Type of School: Christian Free School. Secondary, All Ability, Mixed

Age Range: Currently year 7 and 8





252




253


Open Sessions:Wednesday 24th September 2014 - Open Evening5.30pm - 8.30pm - Headteacher speaks at 6.30pm and 7.30pm.Thursday 9th October 2014 - 6th Form Open Evening 6pmThursday 16th October 2014 - Open Morning11am - 12.30pm - Headteacher speaks at 12noonTuesday 7th July 2015 – Year 5 Tour Morning11am - 12.30pm



1. Eligible girls in Local Authority Care or previously in Local Authority Care –a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority become the

subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

2a. Eligible girls living within the parishes/towns as de�ned in criterion 3 who have a sister who will still be attending the school when the applicant joins.

2b. However, applicants with a sister who both attended TWGGS and lived outside of these parishes/towns (criterion 3) on 31st March 2010, and who have a sister who will still be attending the school when the applicant joins, will also be eligible for this sibling priority.In the contexts of 2a and 2b, sister means girls who live as sisters in the same house, including natural sisters, adopted siblings, stepsisters and foster sisters.

3. Eligible girls living within the following parishes/towns; Bidborough, Brasted, Chevening, Chiddingstone, Cowden, Dunton Green, Edenbridge town, Hadlow, Halsted, Hever, Hildenborough, Ightham, Kemsing, Knockholt, Leigh, Otford, Pembury, Penshurst, Plaxtol,Riverhead, Seal, Sevenoaks town, Sevenoaks Weald, Shipbourne, Shoreham, Southborough, Speldhurst, Sundridge, Tonbridge town, Royal Tunbridge Wells town, Westerham.

4. Distance from home to school, determined by straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data, with those eligible girls living nearest being accorded highest priority. The school uses measurements provided by the LA and further information on how distances are calculated (including for �ats) is available in the Admissions to Secondary School Booklet provided by the LA.

Tunbridge Wells Girls’ Grammar SchoolSouth�eld Road, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9UJTel: 01892 520902Fax: 01892 536497E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs L Wybar

Admissions Manager: Mrs L Stewart-Smith

Type of School: Secondary, Foundation, Grammar, Girls


Specialisms: Music with English





254


If, in the event, more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied. In the event that the �nal place o�ered from the ranked list falls to a pupil of a multiple birth, the school will o�er a place to each of these children who have met the over-subscription criteria.

5. Governors’ Places (14) to be o�ered to those girls living in the parishes as de�ned in criterion 3 who would not otherwise be o�ered a place, who scored highest in the age 11 Kent test, places determined by combined rank order. In the case of a tie for Governors’ places, criterion 4 would be applied.

With reference to oversubscription criteria 2 – 5, please refer to Appendix 2 regarding residency.

After a place has been o�ered, the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:

1. When a parent has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or

2. When a parent has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or

3. if the Admission Authority had o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from a parent.

Appendix 2 – This relates to all over subscription criteria.Home AddressWe will accept as a pupil’s address the residential property that is the child’s only or main residence, not an address at which your child may sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic arrangements. It will be either:• owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian; or• leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.Evidence of ownership or rental agreement may be required, plus proof of the child’s permanent residency at the property concerned. The Governing Body reserves the right to check information given on the application form. If any information given on the form is found to be incorrect, or if you fail to notify us of important changes in the information, the o�er of a school place can be withdrawn.

We can only accept one current home address on the Secondary Common Application Form. If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two di�erent addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of nights in each week.

The o�er of a place may be withdrawn if proof of residency is not met.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. The PAN for external candidates will be 20 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 160.

Open EveningPupils will be invited to a Sixth Form Open Evening before the October holiday 2014.

ApplicationsPupils wishing to apply for entry to the Sixth Form must complete an application form that should be returned to the school by a speci�c date in October 2014, to be publicised at the Open Evening and on the school website in autumn 2014. (Please contact the school in case of queries.) The application form, available from the School Admission’s O�ce, will allow applicants to express the AS subjects they wish to take at AS Level. Predicted GCSE grades will be sought from the current schools of all external applicants and all applicants will be invited into TWGGS for an informal tour of the school, where there will be an opportunity to discuss their course choices.

Entrance CriteriaPupils entering the Sixth Form will be expected to have attained an average GCSE point score of at least 276 from their top 6 GCSE subjects (please see Appendix 4 for GCSE point scores), including a minimum of a B grade in English and Mathematics. All pupils are routinely expected to achieve at least an A grade in the subjects they wish to pursue at AS Level (or related subjects, as agreed by the school). In addition, pupils wishing to take Art or Design


255

Technology will be expected to submit a portfolio of artwork and pupils wishing to take Music will be expected to have reached at least Grade 5 in their instrument or voice.

O�ers will be made on the basis of predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the above grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and the pupil’s 4 chosen subjects being accommodated on the timetable, with no group size exceeding its maximum number of pupils.


Over-subscription CriteriaInternal CandidatesAll pupils who are currently at TWGGS in Year 11 will have priority, providing they have met the minimum grades required.

External CandidatesIn the event of over-subscription, priority will be given to those who ful�l theentrance criteria, in the following order:

1. Eligible girls in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with theirparents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

2. External applicants who are likely to achieve the highest academic gradesbased on GCSE predictions from their current school

Appendix 4GCSE GRADE POINTSA* 58 A 52B 46 C 40D 34 E 28F 22 G 16

F. O�ers and AppealsO�er letters will be made before the end of May 2015. O�ers will be con�rmed once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results in August 2015.Parents have a statutory right to an independent appeal, should an application be refused, and they can make an appeal by writing to The Clerk to the Governors,

Tunbridge Wells Girls’ Grammar School, South�eld Road, Tunbridge Wells, Kent TN4 9UJ (01892-520902).

Late Applications and Waiting ListLate applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered. A waiting list will be held, ranked according to the over-subscription criteria.

Pupils achieving better than predicted gradesIn this case, a pupil should contact the school urgently on, or soon after, GCSE Results’ Day in August, and her application will be re-considered in the light of her achieved grades. In the event of over-subscription, priority will be given as identi�ed before.


256



Open Sessions: Open Evening Monday 6th October 2014, 4pm to 8pm. Open days Friday 10th and Monday 13th October 2014, Tours at 10.30am, 11.30am and 1:45pm

Entry is through the Kent assessment procedure





Children who live within a 3 mile radius of the school Children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the Tunbridge Wells Grammar school for Boys with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.

Children who live in the named parishes below – Children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the Tunbridge Wells Grammar School for Boys with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.

Tunbridge Wells Grammar School for BoysSt John’s Road, Tunbridge Wells, TN4 9XBTel: 01892 529551Tel: 01892 536833E-mail:[email protected]

Headteacher: Mr J G Harrison

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs K Bamblett, PA to Headteacher

Type of School: Secondary, Community, Grammar, Boys








257

Bidborough Hildenborough Brasted Ightham Capel Knockholt Chevening Kemsing Chiddingstone Leigh Cowden Otford Dunton Green Plaxtol Edenbridge Pembury Hadlow Penshurst Halstead Riverhead Hever Seal

Sevenoaks Sevenoaks Weald Shipbourne Shoreham Southborough Speldhurst Sundridge Tonbridge Tunbridge Wells Westerham

Nearness of all other children’s homes to school – The distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school is measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion for an oversubscribed Community or Voluntary Controlled school, these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school.





Sixth Form Admissions arrangements Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 6 GCSE passes at grade B or above and at least B grades in their preferred AS/A level subjects or nearest equivalents.

The admission number for external candidates will be up to 30, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 180.





258







259


Open Sessions: Saturday 4th October 20149.30am – 1.00pm (�nal tour at 11.30am)


1. Looked After Catholic children or Looked After Children (children in Public Care) in the care of Catholic families and previously looked after Catholic children who have been adopted.

2. Baptised Catholic children. Evidence of Baptism will be required.

3. Children enrolled in the catechumenate. Evidence of enrolment in the catechumenate will be required.

4. Other Looked After Children (children in Public Care) and other previously looked after children who have been adopted.

5. Children who are members of Eastern Orthodox Churches. Evidence of Baptism will be required.

6. Children of families who are members of other Christian denominations that are part of Churches Together in England. Evidence of Baptism (or Dedication/Initiation or Membership of the faith) provided by a priest or minister of a designated place of worship will be required.

7. Children who are members of other faiths. Evidence of membership of the faith provided by a priest, minister or religious leader of a designated place of worship will be required.

8. Any other children.

The following order of priorities will be applied when applications within any of the above categories exceed the places available and it is necessary to decide between applications:

I. The strength of evidence of commitment to the faith as demonstrated by the level of the family’s Mass attendance on Sundays. This evidence must be provided by the parents/carers and be endorsed by a priest at the church(es) where the family normally worship. Applications will be ranked in the order shown on the Supplementary Form; �rstly those who attend Mass weekly, then once or twice a month etc.

II. The strength of evidence of commitment to the faith as demonstrated by the level of the family’s attendance at the place of worship endorsed by a priest or minister where the family normally worships.

Ursuline College225 Canterbury Road, Westgate-on-Sea, CT8 8LXTel: 01843 834431Fax: 01843 835365E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs T Utton

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs R Fagg

Type of School: Secondary, Catholic, Voluntary Aided, All Ability, Mixed







260


III. A brother or sister on the school roll at the time of admission. Evidence of the relationship may be required.IV. Priority will be given to those who attend Thanet Catholic feeder schools (St Gregory’s Margate, St Joseph’s Broadstairs and St Ethelbert’s Ramsgate) over those attending any other school.

V. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a Priest or a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

VI. Proximity to the School from the Candidate’s home address, the distance measured in a straight line from the School entrance by the Local Authority using a Geographical Computerised Information System. Evidence of residence may be required. Where the last remaining place is to be allocated and two or more children are deemed to live at the same distance from the school the place will be decided by the drawing of lots.

Notesa) Catholics include members of the Ordinariate and the Latin and Oriental Rite Churches that are in union with the Bishop of Rome. Reference to other Christian denominations refers to denominations that are full members of Churches Together in England.

b) A “brother or sister” means children who live as brother and sister including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers or sisters. It would not include other relatives eg cousins.

c) Home refers to the permanent home address at which the child lives for the majority of his/her time and with the parent who is in receipt of child bene�t.

d) Looked after children are those in the care of an authority and are in public care. Applications made under this criterion must be accompanied by details of

circumstance and professionally supported evidence (eg from an appropriate social worker).

e) For children admitted in category 1, evidence of membership of the Catholic faith on the part of the child – if available a Baptismal record – or of Catholic membership or practice on the part of one or both carers will be required.

f) ‘Catechumen’ means a member of the catechumenate of a Catholic Church. This means they are under instruction in preparation for joining the Church. This will normally be evidenced by a certi�cate of reception into the order of catechumens.

g) ‘Eastern Christian Church’ includes Orthodox Churches and is normally evidenced by a certi�cate of baptism or reception from authorities of that Church.




Entry requirements for courses:A level/Level 3 Btec Courses: 5+ GCSEs or equivalent at Grades A* - C in �ve separate subjects Football scholarship: trials will be conducted in the summer term prior to starting the course.

Internal applicantsPriority for places is given to students in Year 11 currently on roll who meet the entry requirements for post-16 courses and who have submitted an on-line application form. All applicants will be invited to a Learning discussion with the Head of Sixth Form to discuss their option choices.

External applicantsExternal applicants are required to complete an on-line Application form for a Sixth form place and be aware of the Catholic ethos of the school as outlined above. All candidates will be invited to a Learning discussion to discuss their option choices and references will be called for from schools currently attended by applicants. In addition, if more applications are received than there are places available the Governors will allocate places in the same order as for entries into Year 7. The school aims to recruit no more than 120 students into Year 12 each


261

September. Application forms should be returned to the Head of Sixth Form.

Oversubscription CriteriaFollowing the admission of internal students transferring from Year 11, all remaining places will be allocated to learners who have met the entry requirements for the particular course of study. Where there are more learners seeking places than the number of places available, the above oversubscription criteria will be applied in the order set out to rank pupils until the overall �gure for the year group is reached.








262



For further information on our process of entry by aptitude or to obtain an application form please contact the school directly or visit our school website.

Open Evening: Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 2014Open Morning Tours: Monday 6th, Tuesday 7th, Wednesday 8th, Thursday 9th October 2014.(Tours must be booked by appointment on or after the 25th September 2014 – times to be advised)



b) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the school.

c) Children who can demonstrate a special aptitude in either Music, Art or Performing Arts. Up to 24 places (10%) per year will be awarded on the basis. Prior to application students will be invited into the school to have their aptitude assessed by a panel composed of teachers at the school and external advisors. Aptitude in the three areas of specialism will be determined as follows.

MusicAptitude in Music will be determined by performance to the panel and any one or combination of:

I. That he/she has tuition in a musical instrument

II. That he she has no formal training but is musical and would like to pursue the subject

III. Success in any music examination

ArtAptitude in Art will be on the basis of a portfolio of artwork to be examined by the panel.

Valley Park SchoolHuntsman Lane, Maidstone, ME14 5DTTel: 01622 679421Fax: 01622 661671www.valleypark.kent.sch.uk

Headteacher: Mr V Ashdown

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs L Cleaver

E-mail: [email protected]



Specialisms: Arts (Performing and Expressive)






263

Performing ArtsAptitude in performing Arts will be determined by performance to the panel and any one or combination of:

I. That he/she is a member of a dance/drama organisation

II. That he she has no formal training but is a talented performer and would like to pursue the subject

Up to 8 places per year will be awarded in each of the 3 subjects. If there are more than 8 applicants who meet the criteria in any one subject then applicants will be ranked and places o�ered in rank order.

If there are fewer than 8 applicants meeting the criteria in any one subject then more places will be distributed to the other subjects.

d) Children who at the time of application have a sibling on the roll of the school and who will still be on roll at the time of the sibling’s admission. Sibling is de�ned in these arrangements as children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

e) Children of sta� who work at the school full time with at least two years continuous employment by the school or where the school reasonably considers a member of sta� has been recruited for a position for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

f) Children who live nearer to Valley Park School than to the nearest alternative secondary school as measured in a straight line from a designated point at their home address to a designated point in Valley Park’s grounds, compared with the straight-line distance from a designated point at their home address to a designated point in the nearest alternative secondary school’s grounds:

If more children apply who meet this criterion than there are places available; places will be o�ered to those meeting this criterion who live closest to the school.

g) Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by

Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Note: The nearest alternative secondary school is de�ned as the school closest to the applicant’s home address, where the school is maintained/ state-funded, non-denominational, co-educational and not wholly selective. This excludes independent schools (other than Academies), church and other faith schools, single-sex schools and grammar schools.

If the last pupil to be o�ered a place within the school’s published admission number (PAN) is a multiple birth or same cohort sibling, any further sibling will be admitted, if the parents so wish, even though this may raise the intake number above the school’s PAN. The PAN will remain unchanged so that no other pupil will be admitted until a place becomes available within the PAN.

Supplementary Form Required: YES – if applying for a special aptitude place.


Sixth Form Admission Arrangements

Admission to Year 12:All o�ers of a place in Year 12 will be made on condition of students meeting the school entry requirements laid out below:• a minimum of 5 A* - C grades (or equivalent) including the minimum entry requirements speci�ed by thesubjects of their choice• a supportive reference confirming suitability for AS/A2 and BTEC study and the preferred subjectchoices.

To be considered for entry, students must complete the area electronic application procedure by the date speci�ed by the school (check the website for details). Applications received after this deadline will be placed on a waiting list. Students will then be invited to visit the school and discuss the suitability of their choice of course with the Head of Sixth Form.

Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade C or

264


above and B grades in their preferred AS subjects or nearest equivalents.

The admission number for external candidates will be 50, but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group.



2. Current Family Association – a brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sister.



In the event of a tie breaker situation, the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider.If in the event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:







265

Where learners have achieved better result than the predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.




Supplementary Form Required: YES – ONLY if applying for a special aptitude place.Waiting lists will be maintained up to January 2016

Admission to Year 13:The majority of students in Year 12 continue with their studies into Year 13, dependent upon the entry criteria outlined below. All o�ers of a place in Year 13 will be made on condition of students meeting the school entry requirements laid out below:• All students wishing to complete their advanced level studies in Year 13 must achieve a D grade or better in each of their AS/A2 subjects of study following receipt of the summer results. For those studying a BTEC then students must have completed their assessed pieces of work for Year 12 to their targeted grade.

Following receipt of summer AS/A2 examination results students who have met the entry requirement above are automatically o�ered a place in Year 13 to continue their studies. BTEC students will be o�ered continuation into Year 13.

Students who do not meet the entry requirement into Year 13 will be given guidance about a change of pathway and relevant courses available.


266



Open Sessions:Open Evening: Thursday 9th October 2014, 5.30pm – 8.30pm. Headteacher speaks at 6.00pm, 6.45pm and 7.25pm.Open Mornings: Friday 17th October and Tuesday 21st October 2014, 9.30am – 11.30am. Headteacher speaks at 10.30am.Sixth Form Open Evening: Tuesday 14 October 2014, 6.00pm – 8.00pm. Headteacher speaks at 6.15pm and 7.00pm.



1. Children in Local Authority Care - A child under the age of 18 years for whom Kent County Council provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

2. Current Family Association – A sister or brother attending Weald of Kent at the time the child starts. In this context sister or brother means children who live as sister or brother, in the same house including natural sisters and brothers, adopted siblings, stepsisters or brothers and foster sisters and brothers. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its Published Admission Number (PAN) after admitting one of more, but before admitting all of those siblings, a place will be o�ered to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority willbe given to those children whose mental; or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social needs means there is a demonstrable and signi�cant need for their child to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

4. Children of Permanent Members of Sta� – A child who has passed the 11+ and whose parent is a current and permanent member of sta� providing that his/her child lives in the same house as him/her. In this context a child means a natural daughter/son including adopted children and or foster children who live at the same address as the member of sta�. A permanent member of sta� is de�ned as a full-time teaching member, a full-time support member whose contract is 37 weeks and above, a part-time teaching member

Weald of Kent Grammar SchoolTudeley Lane, Tonbridge, TN9 2JPTel: 01732 373500Fax: 01732 770536E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs M Johnson

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs J Manning



Specialisms: Modern Foreign Language and Science






267

with a 50% and above timetable and a part-time support sta� member who works more than 15 hours per week for 37 weeks or more. The de�nition does not include contract sta�. If a service has been ‘in house’ and is subsequently ‘contracted out’’ children of sta� will no longer be eligible for priority admission under this criterion. The de�nition does not include peripatetic sta�.A permanent member of sta� can be de�ned as someone who has been employed directly by Weald of Kent Grammar School Academy Trust for the last two years at the time of application or someone who was beenrecruited to �ll a vacant post for which there is a demonstrable skill shortage.

5. Weald of Kent accepts pupils from towns and areas in the order set out below.

Priority will be given to category A) followed by category B) then category C). The distance from the child’s permanent home to the school site will be used in conjunction with the order of priority given below.

a. Tonbridge Town, the District of Sevenoaks, the Parishes of Ightham, Plaxtol, Shipbourne, Pembury and Kings Hill.b. All TN Postcodes apart from TN1, TN2 and TN4 (with the exception of the Parish of Pembury).

c. All other areas including TN1, TN2 and TN4.

The rationale for the category order is based on the availability of a grammar school meeting the needs of students living in these areas. Students living in TN1, TN2 and TN4 are served by Tunbridge Wells grammar schools.

The distance is measured between the child’s permanent home address and the school site measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school, as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. The school uses measurements provided by the LA. If in the event more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school (as measured by the local authority), then a random selection will be applied.

A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupils home address on the day you completed your application form and which is

either owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.

A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.


Postcode areas can be viewed at http://www.free-postcode-maps.co.uk and the Parish boundaries of Kings Hill and Pembury can be viewed on http://www.kent.gov.uk or in the appendices below. Links can also be found under the Admissions Section of the School website at www.wealdgs.org.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangementsWe aim to o�er a range of academic quali�cations to our sixth form students and some of these require speci�c minimum grades at GCSE. Our policy is to ensure that students accepted into the sixth form can be placed on appropriate courses where they are likely to succeed. For this reason we ask all applicants to attend a meeting with some of our sixth form sta� to discuss the most suitable courses of study. As part of this learning discussion applicants might be asked to demonstrate a particular skill, or provide a portfolio of appropriate work.

All students of Year 11 will be encouraged to apply for the sixth form. All students joining Weald of Kent Grammar Sixth Form must meet the academic entry requirements as set out in the Sixth Form Prospectus. Priority will be given to existing students transferring from Year 11. The PAN for external candidates will be 25 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of

268


internal students transferring in Year 12 is less than the overall total �gure for the year group, which is 150.

Where learners have achieved better results than their predicted grades they will be considered based on the grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of other learners failing to meet the required entry levels.

Information together with details of the application procedure is detailed within the sixth-form prospectus, which is revised annually and can be obtained upon request from Weald of Kent from October onwards or via a hyperlink from the school website.

Meeting the requirements of any course is no guarantee that the applicant will automatically be o�ered a place on his or her preferred choices. Entry into Year 13 for external applicants will depend on the subject choices and whether they can be accommodated and the availability of a place within that group. The expectation is that all students will achieve a minimum of a Grade C in each of their AS courses to proceed to Year 13.

All applicants meeting the academic criteria will follow through the application process given below

a) Completion of an admissions application (all applicants)

b) Student must obtain A* - B in GCSE Mathematics and GCSE English Language. Other subjects also have grade speci�cations outlined in our School Prospectus.

c) Discussion about course choices and availability with a Director of Development or other Senior Member of Sta�.

d) A conditional o�er of a place is based on the above, and an average overall GCSE point score of at least 46.

e) O�ers will be con�rmed on results day once the school has been noti�ed of GCSE results.

This average is arrived at by adding up the GCSE scores of English and Mathematics, plus the best 6 remaining grades, and then dividing by 8. As a guide, students need at least ‘B’ grades at GCSE.

Grade A* A B C DPoints 58 52 46 40 34Grade E F G U/XPoints 28 22 16 0

English GCSE Grade A*-B and Maths GCSE Grade A*-B

Average from Eng-lish GCSE and Maths GCSE + best remaining 6 GCSEs 46 or greater

Speci�c Sub-ject Require-ments Met (see prospec-tus)

Late Applications.Late applications will be considered if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all the other applicants have been considered.

Summary of Timescale:The timetable for Sixth-Form applications is detailed in the prospectus but in outline an Open Evening is held in mid October and all applications should be completed and submitted by the beginning of January. Predicted grades and attendance information for external applicants is requested at the time of application. Learning discussions take place in January if the relevant information has been received from the current school.

Right to appeal:There is a parental right of appeal to the Governors against the refusal of a place once GCSE results are published. This should be made in writing to: The Clerk to the Governors, Weald of Kent Grammar School, Tudeley Lane, Tonbridge, Kent TN9 2JP. TransportPlease note, schools no longer have a designated area from which transport will be provided. In most instances KCC will only fund transport to the nearest school where this school is more than 3 miles from the child’s home. Further information about exceptions to this rule can be found in the transport section of this book. For further information please see the Kent.gov website: www.kent.gov.uk/education-and-children/schools/school-transport

+ +


269


Open Sessions:Open Evening: Wednesday 1 October 2014, 6.00pm – 8.30pm. Headteacher’s address at 6.15pm and 7.30pm.Open Mornings: Parental tours are available between 9.00am – 10.00am and 11.00am – 12.00pm daily from Monday 6th to Friday 17th October 2014. Space on the tours is limited and must be booked in advance via the school’s o�ce on 01795 477475.

Oversubscription CriteriaBefore applying the oversubscription criteria, children with a Statement of Special Educational Need or an Education, Health and Care Plan which names the school will be admitted. As a result of this the published admissions number will be reduced accordingly. Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Equally, this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social needs means that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

If the number of preferences for the school is more than the number of places available, places will be allocated in the following priority order –

a) places will �rstly be o�ered to children in Local Authority care. i.e. a child under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the children Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the Local Authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989).

b) places will then be o�ered to children who score highest on the school’s test of aptitude in mathematics. Places o�ered under this criterion will not exceed 10% of the school’s planned admission number, i.e a maximum of 29 places for the Year 7 intake. Places will only be o�ered under this criterion if the parent has expressed a preference on the “Common Application Form” for Westlands School.

c) places will then be o�ered in the following order, using the criteria below:

i. A brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this contextbrother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters.

ii. Pupils in Year 6 at Westlands Primary School and Regis Manor Primary School;

Westlands SchoolWestlands Avenue, Sittingbourne, ME10 1PFTel: 01795 477475Fax: 01795 431946E-mail: [email protected]

Trust Principal: Mr J Whitcombe MA

Head of School: Mr Simon Cox MA

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Ellen Apps



Specialisms: Mathematics, IT, Science





270


iii. Residence in the parishes of Bobbing, Borden, Bredgar, Hartlip, Iwade, Lower Halstow, Newington, Stockbury, Tunstall, Upchurch;

iv. Nearness of children’s homes to school – we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

A pupil’s home address is considered to be a residential property that is the child’s only or main residence and not an address at which your child might sometimes stay or sleep due to your own domestic or special arrangements. The address must be the pupil’s home address on the day you completed your application form and which is either• Owned by the child’s parent, parents or guardian, OR• Leased to or rented by the child’s parent, parents or guardian under a lease or written rental agreement.


A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in the same block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place at the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

d) places will then be o�ered to any additional applications.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – but only if the parent is applying for admission based on their child’s aptitude in mathematics. Supplementary forms for admission by aptitude are available from and returnable to the school.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria.


Pupils are admitted to the Sixth Form subject to the following:

a) a formal application by the pupil (supported by a parent or guardian) and a pupil meeting to discuss preferred courses and entry requirements;

b) Evidence of prior achievement, attainment and other relevant data provided by the pupil’s secondary school;

c) availability of a speci�c course or combination of courses;

d) minimum entry requirements for speci�c courses:

i.e. for Level 2 courses: 5 GCSEs at grade A-E including GCSE English and Maths.

ii. for Level 3 courses (including AS and A-Levels): 5 GCSEs at grade C or above including GCSE English and Mathematics in addition to subject speci�c entry requirements.

Please note that the Governors reserve the right to withdraw courses if there is insu�cient student demand.


After a place has been o�ered the school reserves the right to withdraw the place in the following circumstances:a. When the parent or learner has failed to respond to an o�er within a reasonable time; or


271










272



Open Sessions: Open Evening: Tuesday 23rd September 2014: 5pm – 8pmOpen Mornings: 1st, 2nd and 3rd October 2014: Tours 9.00am and 11.30am. Please contact the Academy to arrange a visit.


a) Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years forwhom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is the subjectof a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order. (Asde�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

b) Admission of students whose siblings currently attend the school and who will continue to do so at the time of entry. (Note; the term ‘sibling’ includes full- half-, and step-siblings and those living as siblings in the same family

unit on the roll of Wilmington Academy). The Academy reserves the right to ask for proof of relationship.

c) Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with Wilmington Academy’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Prioritywill be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend Wilmington Academy. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend the Academy. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed, independent registered medical or other practitioner, at the time of original application, who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and Wilmington Academy.

d) 30 places will be available to children attending a Leigh Academies Trust primary academy. Applications will only be given priority in this category if the Leigh Trust Secondary Academy to which they are applying is closestto their home. If oversubscribed in this category it will be the 30 closest to the academy that will be admitted. We use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the Academy, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the Academy as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the Academy site is used for everybody.

e) Nearness of children’s homes to the Academy - we use the same method of measurement as detailed in d).

Wilmington AcademyCommon Lane, Wilmington, Dartford, DA2 7DRTel: 01322 272111Fax: 01322 222500E-mail:tracy.holder@wilmingtonacademy.org.ukwww.wilmingtonacademy.org.uk

Principal: Mrs Tracey Trusler

Admissions Contact Name: Mrs Tracy Holder








273



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Priority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of 5 GCSE passes at grade A*-C or above.

If following academic subjects B grade or above in complementary subjects ie. If choosing psychology candidate must have ‘B’ or higher in English

The admission number for external candidates will be 80 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 195











274



Open Sessions: Tuesday 21st October 2014, 6:30pm-9pmThursday 23rd October 2014, 9am-11am



1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with theirparents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be sobecause they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

2. Siblings in the school or in Wilmington Grammar School for Girls- a sibling attending either school when the child starts. In this context sibling means a child who lives in the same house, including natural siblings or adopted siblings, step or foster siblings. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach its PAN after admitting one or

more, but before admitting all of those siblings, governors will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

3. Governor Places awarded to children who have shown exceptional performance in the kent test - Up to 10% of the PAN (15 places) will be awarded to those children naming the school who score highest when the test scores achieved in the Kent Test are combined.

4. Children who live in the named parishes below or within 1.5 mile proximity of the school– Children living within a one and a half mile radius of the school and those living within the parishes listed below. The 1.5 mile radius distanced is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data.

Dartford ,Stone ,Swanscome & Greenhithe,Wilmington, Darenth, Bean, Hextable, Sutton at Hone & Hawley, Wrotham, South�eet, Swanley, Horton Kirby & South Darenth, Long�eld & New Barn, Crockenhill, Farningham, Fawkham, Hartley, Eynesford, Ash Cum Ridley, Shoreham, West Kingsdown, Stanstead , Otford , Kemsing, Halstead Dunton Green , Meopham, Istead Rise

5. Distance – within this criterion eligible children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the Wilmington Grammar School for Boys, with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.

Wilmington Grammar School for BoysCommon Lane, Wilmington, Dartford, DA2 7DATel: 01322 223090Fax: 01322 297888E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Andy Williamson

Admissions Contact Name: Jenny Owen



Specialisms: Engineering – Science, Technology, Engineering and Mathematics






275



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Planned Admission The planned admission number for entry to WG6 Sixth Form in September 2015 is a total of 300 students over both sites.

WGSG and WGSB will each admit all current students meeting the entrance criteria who will be given priority, and up to 30 students from outside the school who meet the entrance criteria for which a viable Sixth Form programme can be provided. This number may be exceeded in the event that the number of boys and/ or girls in Year 11 transferring into Year 12 is less than 120 on each site.

Open EveningStudents will be invited to attend Sixth Form Open Evenings and Open Mornings in the Autumn Term.

ApplicationsStudents wishing to apply for entry to the Sixth Form must complete an application through the online system www.kentchoices4u.co.uk. These will need to be received by the published date. Students will be invited into school to discuss their application and �nalise course choices. When considering external applicants, the school will seek con�rmation of the estimated GCSE grades from the applicant’s current school. Applicants are required to attend a meeting to discuss their subject choices.

Entrance CriteriaAll students entering the Sixth Form will have completed their GCSE courses and are required to have attained a minimum average GCSE point score of 44 from the best 8 results to include English Language and Mathematics. Any vocational quali�cation that is equivalent to more than 2 GCSE grades will only count as a single pass. Any level 2 quali�cation that is not equivalent to a full course GCSE will not be counted.

The average is arrived at by adding up the scores from full course GCSE English Language and Mathematics plus the best 6 remaining full course GCSE grades and then dividing by 8. GCSE point scores are A* = 58, A = 52, B = 46, C = 40, D = 34 etc. As a guide students need mostly B grades at GCSE.

In addition to having gained a minimum average GCSE point score of 44 students must:

a)gain A* - C grade in the higher level GCSE English Language and Mathematics

b)meet the entry criteria in all subjects they wish to study at AS level. The minimum qualifying entry grades for each subject are to be found in the school’s Sixth Form Prospectus.

O�ers Conditional o�ers will be made based on their predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the GCSE grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and a viable Sixth Form programme can be provided. All o�ers made during Year 11 will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results in August 2015.

Where students have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of learners failing to meet the entry criteria.

All prospective students are strongly recommended to attend a two day induction programme at the end of June. Speci�c dates will be con�rmed nearer to the time. Students are expected to complete induction tasks for each of their chosen subjects which will be available during the induction programme. Late applications will be processed after GCSE results are known if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.

Over-Subscription CriteriaIn case of over-subscription for external students the following will apply:

1. Students who are in Local Authority Care – a student under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject to a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 of the Children Act 1989).

276


2. Students wishing to study Engineering, Mathematics, Further Mathematics or ICT who are predicted to meet the entry requirements.

3. Students with a sibling at Wilmington Grammar School for Boys or Wilmington Grammar School for Girls at the time of entry. In this context sibling means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters, stepbrothers or stepsisters and foster brothers or sisters.

4. Students living closest to the school. The distance used will be the distance between the student’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using ordnance survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point as de�ned within the student’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. If in the unlikely event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school then an independently adjudicated random selection will be applied.

Parents have the statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.



277


Open Sessions: Open Evening Wednesday 22nd October 2014 6.30 to 9.30pmOpen Day Thursday 23rd October 2014 by appointment only Entry is through the Kent Assessment Procedure.


1. Children in Local Authority Care – a child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who ceased to be so because they were adopted or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the Act.

2. Siblings in the school - a sister attending WGSG when the child starts. In this context a sister means a child who lives in the same house, including natural sisters, adopted siblings, stepsisters or foster sisters. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach it’s PAN after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, governors

will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

3. Siblings in Wilmington Grammar School for Boys (WGSB) - a brother attending the school when the child starts. In this context brother means a child who lives in the same house, including natural brothers or adopted siblings, stepbrothers or foster brothers. If siblings from multiple births (twins, triplets, etc) apply for a school and the school would reach it’s PAN after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, governors will o�er a place to each of the siblings, even if doing so takes the school above its PAN.

4. 1.5 mile proximity – within this criterion children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the Wilmington Grammar School for Girls, with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey.

5. Governor Places awarded to girls who have shown exceptional performance in the Mathematics paper of the Kent test - Up to 10% of the PAN (12 places) will be awarded to those children who through the tests have shown an exceptional performance which places them in the top 12 selective places in Mathematics. In case of tied scores distance will be used. If in the unlikely event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school, as measured by the Local Authority, then an independently adjudicated random selection will be applied.

Wilmington Grammar School for GirlsWilmington Grange, Parsons Lane, Wilmington, DA2 7BBTel: 01322 226351Fax: 01322 222607E-mail: [email protected]

Headteacher: Mrs Donna Lodge

Admissions Contact Name: Miss J Price



Specialisms: Maths and Computing





278


6. Eligible girls who live in the named parishes below –

Dartford Stone Wilmington DarenthHextable Sutton at Hone & Hawley South�eet SwanleyLong�eld & New Barn Crockenhill Fawkham Hartley Ash Cum Ridley ShorehamStanstead OtfordHalsted Dunton Green

Swanscome & GreenhitheBeanWrothamHorton Kirby & South DarenthFarninghamEynsfordWest KingsdownKemsingSevenoaks

Children within this priority area will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the Wilmington Grammar School for Girls with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. If in the unlikely event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school, as measured by the Local Authority, then anindependently adjudicated random selection will be applied.

7. All other girls – within this criterion children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to the Wilmington Grammar School for Girls, with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. If in the unlikely event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school, as measured by the Local Authority, then an independently adjudicated random selection will be applied.

Supplementary Form Required: Yes – Available and returnable to the school.


Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Planned Admission The planned admission number for entry to WG6 Sixth Form in September 2015 is a total of 300 students over both sites.

WGSG and WGSB will each admit all current students meeting the entrance criteria who will be given priority, and up to 30 students from outside the school who meet the entrance criteria for which a viable Sixth Form programme can be provided. This number may be exceeded in the event that the number of boys and/ or girls in Year 11 transferring into Year 12 is less than 120 on each site.

Open EveningStudents will be invited to attend Sixth Form Open Evenings and Open Mornings in the Autumn Term.

ApplicationsStudents wishing to apply for entry to the Sixth Form must complete an application through the online system www.kentchoices4u.co.uk. These will need to be received by the published date. Students will be invited into school to discuss their application and �nalise course choices. When considering external applicants, the school will seek con�rmation of the estimated GCSE grades from the applicant’s current school. Applicants are required to attend a meeting to discuss their subject choices.

Entrance CriteriaAll students entering the Sixth Form will have completed their GCSE courses and are required to have attained a minimum average GCSE point score of 44 from the best 8 results to include English Language and Mathematics. Any vocational quali�cation that is equivalent to more than 2 GCSE grades will only count as a single pass. Any level 2 quali�cation that is not equivalent to a full course GCSE will not be counted.The average is arrived at by adding up the scores from full course GCSE English Language and Mathematics plus the best 6 remaining full course GCSE grades and then dividing by 8. GCSE point scores are A* = 58, A = 52, B = 46, C = 40, D = 34 etc. As a guide students need mostly B grades at GCSE.


279

In addition to having gained a minimum average GCSE point score of 44 students must:a)gain A* - C grade in the higher level GCSE English Language and Mathematicsb)meet the entry criteria in all subjects they wish to study at AS level. The minimum qualifying entry grades for each subject are to be found in the school’s Sixth Form Prospectus.

O�ers Conditional o�ers will be made based on their predicted performance at GCSE, with the requirement that the GCSE grades are achieved in the �nal examinations prior to entry to the Sixth Form and a viable Sixth Form programme can be provided. All o�ers made during Year 11 will only become �rm o�ers upon con�rmation of actual GCSE results in August 2015.

Where students have achieved better results than the predicted grades they will be considered based on grades achieved and ranked accordingly for any places that become available as a result of learners failing to meet the entry criteria.

All prospective students are strongly recommended to attend a two day induction programme at the end of June. Speci�c dates will be con�rmed nearer to the time. Students are expected to complete induction tasks for each of their chosen subjects which will be available during the induction programme.

Late applications will be processed after GCSE results are known if places in appropriate subjects are still available after all other applicants have been considered.

Over-Subscription CriteriaIn case of over-subscription for external students the following will apply:

1.Students who are in Local Authority Care – a student under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject to a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order (as de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 of the Children Act 1989).

2.Students wishing to study Engineering, Mathematics, Further Mathematics or ICT who are predicted to meet the entry requirements.

3.Students with a sibling at Wilmington Grammar School for Boys or Wilmington Grammar School for Girls at the time of entry. In this context sibling means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including natural brothers or sisters, adopted brothers or sisters, stepbrothers or stepsisters and foster brothers or sisters.

4.Students living closest to the school. The distance used will be the distance between the student’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using ordnance survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point as de�ned within the student’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody. When we apply the distance criterion these straight line measurements are used to determine how close each applicant’s address is to the school. If in the unlikely event that more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school then an independently adjudicated random selection will be applied.

Parents have the statutory right of appeal, should an application for a place be refused, by writing to The Clerk to the Governors, care of the school.


280



Open Sessions:Open Morning: Wednesday 24th September 20149.00 – 11.00Open Morning: Thursday 25th September 20149.00 – 11.00Open Evening: Thursday 25th September 20145.30 – 8.00The Headteacher speaks at 6.00 and 7.30 p.m.Open Morning: Wednesday 15th October 20149.00 – 11.00


1. Children in Local Authority Care - A child under the age of 18 years for whom the local authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is thesubject of a care order under Part IV of the Act. This applies equally to children who immediately after being looked after by the local authority became subject to an adoption, residence or special guardianship order.

(As de�ned by Section 46 of the Adoption and Children Act 2002 or Section 8 or 14A of the Children Act 1989)

2. Current Family Association – A brother or sister attending Wrotham School when the child starts. In this context brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house, including naturalbrothers and sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or stepsisters and foster brothers and sisters.

3. Health and Special Access Reasons – Medical, health, social and special access reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physical impairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school.

Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’ physical or mental health or social needs mean that they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend a particular school. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate a special connection between these needs and the particular school.

4. Distance from the school to the home, Nearness of children’s homes to school - we use the distance between the child’s permanent home address and the school, measured in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a point de�ned as within the child’s home to a point de�ned as within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used foreverybody.

Wrotham SchoolBorough Green Road, Wrotham, TN15 7RDTel: 01732 884207Fax: 01732 882178E-mail: o�[email protected]

Headteacher: Mr M Wright

Admissions Contact Name: Rachel Martin



Specialisms: Humanities (English, Drama and RE)






281

If you live separately from your partner but share responsibility for your child, and the child lives at two addresses during the week, we will regard the home address as the one at which the child sleeps for the majority of weekdays.

A block of �ats has a single address point reference, so applicants living in the same block will be regarded as living the same distance away from the school. In the unlikely event that two or more children live in thesame block and in all other ways have equal eligibility for the last available place for the school, the names will be issued a number and drawn randomly to decide which child should be given the place.

In a tie breaker situation the nearness of an applicant’s home to school will be the decider. If in the event more than one applicant has the same distance from home to school, as measured by the Local Authority, then arandom selection will be applied.



Sixth Form Admission arrangementsPriority will be given to existing pupils transferring from Year 11 who meet the entrance criteria. Admission to the Sixth Form will be as a result of applicants obtaining a minimum of:

• 5 A*-C GCSE grades or equivalent including English and maths to study A Level and Level 3 courses.• A or B grades at GCSE in the subject a student wishes to study at A Level (depending on the subject – see prospectus for details). Where there is no GCSE or equivalent course a decision will be made based on the students other GCSE grades.• For the Wrotham Pro-Soccer Academy places will be awarded based on footballing ability through a process of trials, and a student having 5 GCSEs at A*-C grades including English and maths• For the Wrotham Business Academy places will be awarded based on business awareness through an interview process. Students will also need to have achieved 5 A*-C GCSE grades including English and maths.

The admission number for external candidates will be 30 but this �gure may be exceeded in the event that this

and the number of internal pupils transferring into Year 12 is less than the overall �gure for the year group, which is 120.




b. When a parent or learner has failed to notify the school of important changes to the application information; or c. The admission authority o�ered the place on the basis of a fraudulent or intentionally misleading application from the parent or learner.





282






283

Wye Free School is a new Free School which opened in September 2013. To access further information please contact the school or visit the school’s website.

Open Sessions:Planned for Wednesday 15th and Thursday 16th October 2014Please see website nearer time for exact timings


1. Children in Local Authority CareA child under the age of 18 yrs for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Children Act 1989) or who is subject to a care order under Part IV of theAct, or children who are now adopted having been looked after.

2. Current Family AssociationA brother or sister attending the school when the child starts. In this context, brother or sister means children who live as brother or sister in the same house including natural brothers or sisters, adopted siblings, stepbrothers or sisters and foster brothers and sisters. If siblings frommultiple births (twins, triplets etc) apply for a school place and the school would reach its Published Admissions Number (PAN) after admitting one or more, but before admitting all of those siblings, the school will o�er a

place to each of the siblings even if doing so takes the school over its PAN.

3. Health and Special Access ReasonsMedical / Health and Special Access Reasons will be applied in accordance with the school’s legal obligations, in particular those under the Equality Act 2010. Priority will be given to those children whose mental or physicalimpairment means they have a demonstrable and signi�cant need to attend Wye Free School. Equally this priority will apply to children whose parents’/guardians’, physical or mental health or social need means thereis a demonstrable and signi�cant need for their child to attend Wye Free School. Such claims will need to be supported by written evidence from a suitably quali�ed medical or other practitioner who can demonstrate aspecial connection between these needs and the school.

4. Children who live nearer to Wye Free School than any other maintained non selective secondary school or academy – Children will be ranked according to the distance from their home to Wye Free School with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance ismeasured between the child’s permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. Thesame address point on the school site is used for everybody.

5. Children who live nearer to any other maintained non selective secondary school or academy than Wye Free School – Children for whom Wye Free School is not their nearest non selective secondary school or academy will be ranked according to the distance from their home to Wye Free School with those living closest being ranked highest. The distance is measured between the child’s

Wye Free SchoolAddress Kempe Centre, Olantigh Road, Wye, Ashford, Kent, TN25 5EJTel: 0844 809 4744E-mail: [email protected]

Principal: Ms Janet Naylor

Admissions Contact Name: PA to the Principal

Type of School: Free School, Secondary, All Ability, Mixed


Specialisms: None





284


permanent address and the school in a straight line using Ordnance Survey address point data. Distances are measured from a central point within the child’s home to a similarly de�ned point within the school as speci�ed by Ordnance Survey. The same address point on the school site is used for everybody.

Tie breakingIf two or more children are ranked equally on any of the above criteria, random allocation will determine which child or children are o�ered places. In this case, a child or children’s names will be randomly selected from a totallist of tied applicants by someone unconnected with the school.



Sixth Form Admissions arrangements – Not applicable for 2015


KENT SECONDARY COMMON APPLICATION FORM 2015


For pupils transferring to secondary school in September 2015

Born between 1 September 2003 and 31 August 2004

Please complete in BLOCK CAPITALS and tick the relevant boxes

KENT SECONDARY COMMON APPLICATION FORM 2015

SCAF OFFICE USE ONLY

PARENT/CARER DETAILS

Title SurnameForename

Phone numbers 1 2

Which authority do you pay your council tax to?

Email AddressRelationship to child

DO NOT COMPLETE THIS FORM IF...• Your child has a Statement of Special Educational Needs • You have already completed a form Online

DO REMEMBER• To fully read the booklet and understand how preferences will be dealt with and places allocated• To return this form to your child’s Primary School by 31st October 2014• To tick the CIPC box if your child is or has been in Public Care

CHILD’S CURRENT SCHOOL

LA No: DFE No: School Name:

Is your child in Public Care? - Please tick box if YES

If so, which Local Authority is the corporate parent?

Is your child adopted, or subject to a residence or special guardianship order, having previously been in public care? Please tick box if YES

A child in Public Care (Looked After Child) means a person under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Childrens Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the act. Children who are looked after under an agreed series of short-term placements such as respite are excluded.

CHILD’S DETAILS

Forename Surname

Date of Birth Male/Female

Date of Birth should be between 1st September 2003 and 31st August 2004

Child’s Home Address in full: (This address will be used on all future correspondence unless otherwise noti�ed. Please use house numbers and names where possible)

Postcode

Does your child have a Statement of Special Educational Needs? Please tick box if YESEXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

School Name:

EXAM

PLE

School Name:School Name:

EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE



EXAM

PLE


Is your child adopted, or subject to a residence or special guardianship order,

EXAM

PLE

Is your child adopted, or subject to a residence or special guardianship order,

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

having previously been in public care? Please tick box if YES

EXAM

PLE

having previously been in public care? Please tick box if YES

A child in Public Care (Looked After Child) means a person under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation

EXAM

PLE

A child in Public Care (Looked After Child) means a person under the age of 18 years for whom the Local Authority provides accommodation by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Childrens Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the act.

EXAM

PLE

by agreement with their parents/carers (Section 22 of the Childrens Act 1989) or who is the subject of a care order under Part IV of the act. Children who are looked after under an agreed series of short-term placements such as respite are excluded.

EXAM

PLE

Children who are looked after under an agreed series of short-term placements such as respite are excluded.

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLEThis address will be used on all future correspondence unless otherwise noti�ed. Please use house numbers and names where possible)

EXAM

PLEThis address will be used on all future correspondence unless otherwise noti�ed. Please use house numbers and names where possible)

EXAM

PLE

Postcode

EXAM

PLE

Postcode

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

PARENT/CARER DETAILSEXAM

PLE

PARENT/CARER DETAILSEXAM

PLE

ForenameEXAM

PLE

ForenameEXAM

PLE

Does your child have a Statement of Special Educational Needs? Please tick box if YESEXAM

PLE

Does your child have a Statement of Special Educational Needs? Please tick box if YES

Admission to Secondary School in Kent 2015KENT SECONDARY COMMON APPLICATION FORM 2015

Declaration by Parent/Carer

Title DateFull Name

YOU CAN NAME UP TO FOUR SCHOOLS ON THIS FORM.

When making the o�er, the Local Authority will ensure that:

• a place will be o�ered at the highest available ranked preference your child is eligible for, or• if a place cannot be o�ered at any school named on the form, a place will be o�ered at an alternative school

PLEASE NOTE • If you would like to express reasons for any of your preferences please attach a separate sheet. • Schools can only take into account reasons that apply to their oversubscription criteria.• If you named a Voluntary Aided/Foundation school or Academy that requires a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) please ensure you return it to the school.

1st Preference SCHOOL NAME:

Will you have any other children (siblings) attending this school in September 2015? If YES enter details below

Forename: Surname: Date of Birth: Male/Female:

LA No: DFE No:1st Preference

I declare that the information I have given on this form is correct. I understand that if at a later date this information is found to be incorrect I may lose any place allocated to my child.

Signature




LA No: DFE No:2nd Preference




LA No: DFE No:3rd Preference




LA No: DFE No:4th Preference

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLEWill you have any other children (siblings) attending this school in September 2015? If YES enter details below

EXAM

PLEWill you have any other children (siblings) attending this school in September 2015? If YES enter details below


EXAM

PLEForename: Surname: Date of Birth: Male/Female:

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE DFE No:

EXAM

PLE DFE No:

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE



EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

DFE No:

EXAM

PLE

DFE No:

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

eclaration by Parent/Carer EXAM

PLE

eclaration by Parent/Carer EXAM

PLE

PLEASE NOTE

EXAM

PLE

PLEASE NOTEPLEASE NOTEIf you would like to express reasons for any of your preferences please attach a separate sheet. EX

AMPLE

If you would like to express reasons for any of your preferences please attach a separate sheet. If you would like to express reasons for any of your preferences please attach a separate sheet. Schools can only take into account reasons that apply to their oversubscription criteria.EX

AMPLE

Schools can only take into account reasons that apply to their oversubscription criteria.Schools can only take into account reasons that apply to their oversubscription criteria.If you named a Voluntary Aided/Foundation school or Academy that requires a Supplementary Information EX

AMPLE

If you named a Voluntary Aided/Foundation school or Academy that requires a Supplementary Information If you named a Voluntary Aided/Foundation school or Academy that requires a Supplementary Information Form (SIF) please ensure you return it to the school.EX

AMPLE

Form (SIF) please ensure you return it to the school.Form (SIF) please ensure you return it to the school.EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE



EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

LA No:

EXAM

PLE

LA No:

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

IN YEAR CASUAL ADMISSION FORM (IYCAF)

Please fill in all the details and return this form directly to the school

Please complete in BLOCK CAPITALS and tick the relevant boxes

CHILD’S DETAILS

Forename Surname

Date of Birth Male/Female

Address

Postcode

DOES YOUR CHILD HAVE A STATEMENT OF SPECIAL EDUCATIONAL NEEDS?

IS YOUR CHILD A LOOKED AFTER CHILD OR ADOPTED?

YES NO

ARE YOU A CROWN SERVANT?

If you are UK service personnel or other Crown Servants living abroad with your family please tick YES. You will need to provide an o�cial MOD, FCO or GCHQ letter declaring your relocation date and con�rming your relocation address to the school.

Signature

YES NO


IYCAF PUPIL ID

This address will be used on all future correspondence unless otherwise noti�ed. Please use house numbers and names where applicable.)

PARENT/CARER DETAILS

Title SurnameForename

Phone numbers 1 2

Email AddressRelationship to child

Current School(If applicable)

LA DFE SCHOOL NAME POSTCODE

YES NO

Date

SCHOOL USE ONLY

LA DFE SCHOOL NAME

Please complete all applicable boxes to inform the LA of the outcome of this application

Please wait until full oucome of application is known before returning to the In Years Admissions Team.Admissions, Room 2.24, Sessions House, County Hall, Maidstone. Me14 1XQ

Email: [email protected] | Fax: 03003 336480

Date received

PLACE OFFERED

OFFERED DATE

ACCEPTED DATE

REFUSED DATE

WITHDRAWN DATE

PLACE NOT OFFERED

WAS A PLACE AVAILABLE YES/NO

WAS THE CHILD ELIGIBLE YES/NO

HAVE THEY JOINED YES/NO THE WAITING LIST?

YEAR GROUP

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLEYES

EXAM

PLEYES

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE


If you are UK service personnel or other Crown Servants living abroad with your family please tick YES. You will need to provide

EXAM

PLE

If you are UK service personnel or other Crown Servants living abroad with your family please tick YES. You will need to provide an o�cial MOD, FCO or GCHQ letter declaring your relocation date and con�rming your relocation address to the school.

EXAM

PLE

an o�cial MOD, FCO or GCHQ letter declaring your relocation date and con�rming your relocation address to the school.

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

YES

EXAM

PLE

YES NO

EXAM

PLE

NO


EXAM

PLE


EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

Surname

EXAM

PLE

Surname

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

2

EXAM

PLE

2

Email Address

EXAM

PLE

Email Address

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLEPOSTCODE

EXAM

PLEPOSTCODE

EXAM

PLE

YES

EXAM

PLE

YES

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

SCHOOL USE ONLY EXAM

PLE

SCHOOL USE ONLY SCHOOL USE ONLY EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

DFEEXAM

PLE

DFEEXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

SCHOOL NAMEEXAM

PLE

SCHOOL NAME

Please complete all applicable boxes to inform the LA of the outcome of this applicationEXAM

PLE

Please complete all applicable boxes to inform the LA of the outcome of this applicationEXAM

PLE


PLEASE READ THIS GUIDANCE CAREFULLY BEFORE COMPLETING YOUR IN YEAR CASUAL ADMISSIONS FORM (IYCAF)

If you live in Kent and wish to apply for a place at a Kent school in your child’s current year group, youshould complete this form and send it to the school(s) you are applying for. You should complete aseparate form for each child and for each school you are applying for. Information about Kent schoolsthat are near to you can be found at www.kent.gov.uk/�ndschools. You may be asked to complete aSupplementary Information Form (SIF) to provide the school with additional information so the schoolcan rank your child according to its oversubscription criteria if more children apply than there areplaces available. If you are applying for a place at a Grammar School, the school will get in touch withyou about any testing arrangements.

If you are applying for a place at a school outside Kent, or you live outside Kent and want a place at aKent school, please contact the Admissions Team on the number below for advice.

If the school has a place your child is eligible for and no other child has a higher priority, the schoolmust o�er it to you (unless your child has been permanently excluded from more than 2 schools; pleasecontact the Admissions Team if this applies to you).

If your child is turned down for a place at the school(s) you apply for, you have the legal right to appealagainst the refusal of a place. Appeals should be made in writing to the school’s admission authority.You can also request to join the school’s waiting list if they have one. The school will let you know howto make an appeal or join the waiting list when they tell you the outcome of your application. You can�nd more information about appealing at www.kent.gov.uk/schooladmissions.

The school must provide you with a formal o�er or refusal letter. You may wish to keep notes of datesand times of conversations as well as names of contacts at the school. Under normal circumstances, a school should inform you of the outcome of your application within 5 school days.

If you have approached schools and are having trouble �nding a place you can contact the AdmissionsTeam on the number below, and we will let you know where there are currently places available.

DECLARATION STATEMENT

*All information given in this application is, to the best of my knowledge, true and correct. I understand that if, at a later date, any of the information is found to be incorrect I may lose any place allocated to my child.

I give permission to the School to process all the information given in accordance with the Admissions Criteria and processes and to share this information with the Local Authority.

FURTHER INFORMATION

Email – [email protected] – 03000 41 21 21Web – www.kent.gov.uk/primaryadmissionswww.kent.gov.uk/secondaryadmissions

EXAM

PLE

places available. If you are applying for a place at a Grammar School, the school will get in touch with

EXAM

PLE

places available. If you are applying for a place at a Grammar School, the school will get in touch with

If you are applying for a place at a school outside Kent, or you live outside Kent and want a place at a

EXAM

PLEIf you are applying for a place at a school outside Kent, or you live outside Kent and want a place at a

Kent school, please contact the Admissions Team on the number below for advice.

EXAM

PLEKent school, please contact the Admissions Team on the number below for advice.

If the school has a place your child is eligible for and no other child has a higher priority, the school

EXAM

PLEIf the school has a place your child is eligible for and no other child has a higher priority, the school

must o�er it to you (unless your child has been permanently excluded from more than 2 schools; please

EXAM

PLEmust o�er it to you (unless your child has been permanently excluded from more than 2 schools; please

If your child is turned down for a place at the school(s) you apply for, you have the legal right to appeal

EXAM

PLE

If your child is turned down for a place at the school(s) you apply for, you have the legal right to appealagainst the refusal of a place. Appeals should be made in writing to the school’s admission authority.

EXAM

PLE

against the refusal of a place. Appeals should be made in writing to the school’s admission authority.You can also request to join the school’s waiting list if they have one. The school will let you know how

EXAM

PLE

You can also request to join the school’s waiting list if they have one. The school will let you know howto make an appeal or join the waiting list when they tell you the outcome of your application. You can

EXAM

PLE

to make an appeal or join the waiting list when they tell you the outcome of your application. You can�nd more information about appealing at www.kent.gov.uk/schooladmissions.

EXAM

PLE

�nd more information about appealing at www.kent.gov.uk/schooladmissions.

The school must provide you with a formal o�er or refusal letter. You may wish to keep notes of dates

EXAM

PLE

The school must provide you with a formal o�er or refusal letter. You may wish to keep notes of datesand times of conversations as well as names of contacts at the school. Under normal circumstances, a school

EXAM

PLE

and times of conversations as well as names of contacts at the school. Under normal circumstances, a school

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

should inform you of the outcome of your application within 5 school days.

EXAM

PLE

should inform you of the outcome of your application within 5 school days.

If you have approached schools and are having trouble �nding a place you can contact the Admissions

EXAM

PLE

If you have approached schools and are having trouble �nding a place you can contact the AdmissionsTeam on the number below, and we will let you know where there are currently places available.

EXAM

PLE

Team on the number below, and we will let you know where there are currently places available.

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

DECLARATION STATEMENT

EXAM

PLE

DECLARATION STATEMENTDECLARATION STATEMENT

EXAM

PLE

*All information given in this application is, to the best of my knowledge, true and correct. I understand that if, at a later date,

EXAM

PLE

*All information given in this application is, to the best of my knowledge, true and correct. I understand that if, at a later date,

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

EXAM

PLE

any of the information is found to be incorrect I may lose any place allocated to my child.EXAM

PLE

any of the information is found to be incorrect I may lose any place allocated to my child.

I give permission to the School to process all the information given in accordance with the Admissions Criteria and processes EXAM

PLE

I give permission to the School to process all the information given in accordance with the Admissions Criteria and processes and to share this information with the Local Authority.EX

AMPLE

and to share this information with the Local Authority.EXAM

PLE


289

Notes:


290


Secondary Schools in Kent 20151 The Abbey School 372 The Archbishop’s School 393 Astor College 424 Aylesford School - Sports College 445 Barton Court Grammar School 476 Bennett Memorial Diocesan School 507 Borden Grammar School 548 Brockhill Park Performing Arts College 569 Canterbury Academy 5810 Castle Community College 6211 The Charles Dickens School 6412 Chatham and Clarendon School 6613 The Community College, Whitstable 6914 Cornwallis Academy 7115 Cranbrook School 7416 Dane Court Grammar School 7717 Dartford Grammar School 7918 Dartford Grammar School for Girls 8219 Dartford Science & Technology College 8420 Dover Christ Church Academy 8621 Dover Grammar School for Boys 8822 Dover Grammar School for Girls 9023 The Duke of York’s Royal Military School 9224 The Ebbs�eet Academy 9625 The Ellington and Hereson School 9726 The Folkestone Academy 9827 Folkestone School for Girls 10028 Fulston Manor School 10229 Gravesend Grammar School 10430 Hadlow Rural Community School 10631 Hartsdown Academy 10832 The Harvey Grammar School 11033 The Hayesbrook School 11234 Herne Bay High School 11435 Highsted Grammar School 11736 The High Weald Academy 11937 Highworth Grammar School 12138 Hillview School for Girls 12339 Holmesdale Technology College 12640 Homewood School and Sixth Form Centre 12841 Hugh Christie Technology College 13142 Invicta Grammar School 13443 The John Wallis Church of England Academy 13744 The Judd School 14045 King Ethelbert School 14246 Knole Academy 14447 The Leigh Technology Academy 14748 The Leigh UTC 15049 Long�eld Academy 15250 Maidstone Grammar School 15451 Maidstone Grammar School for Girls 102

52 The Malling School 16053 The Maplesden Noakes School 16254 The Marlowe Academy 16455 The Marsh Academy 16656 Mascalls School 16957 May�eld Grammar School, Gravesend 17258 Meopham School 17459 New Line Learning Academy 17660 The North School 17961 North�eet School for Girls 18162 North�eet Technology College 18363 The Norton Knatchbull School 18564 Oakwood Park Grammar School 18765 Oasis Academy Hextable 18966 Oasis Academy Isle of Sheppey 19167 Orchards Academy 19368 Pent Valley Technology College 19569 Queen Elizabeth’s Grammar School 19770 St Anselm’s Catholic School 20071 St Augustine Academy 20372 St Edmund’s Catholic School 20573 St George’s Church of EnglandFoundation School, Broadstairs 20874 Saint George’s C E School, Gravesend 21075 St Gregory’s Catholic Comprehensive School 21376 St John’s Catholic Comprehensive School 21577 St Simon Stock Catholic School 21978 Sandwich Technology School 22279 Simon Langton Girls’ Grammar School 22580 Simon Langton Grammar School for Boys 22781 Sir Roger Manwood’s School 23082 The Sittingbourne Community College 23383 Skinners’ Kent Academy 23584 The Skinners’ School 23785 Spires Academy 24086 Swadelands School 24287 Thamesview School 24488 Tonbridge Grammar School 24689 Towers School 24990 Trinity School, Sevenoaks 25191 Tunbridge Wells Girls’ Grammar School 25392 Tunbridge Wells Grammar School for Boys 25693 Ursuline College 25994 Valley Park School 26295 Weald of Kent Grammar School 26696 Westlands School 26997 Wilmington Academy 27298 Wilmington Grammar School for Boys 27499 Wilmington Grammar School for Girls 277100 Wrotham School 280101 Wye Free School 283

B255

M25

A225 M

20 A22

7

A2

B2009

M25 M26

A22

7A25

B2042

A21

B2015

A26

A21

A262

A22

8

A229

A22

8

B2016

B2163

B20

79

A229

A274

A28

B2086A21 A28

M20

A249

M2

A249

A2

A2

A228

A299

A2

A290

A28

A2050

A2

A2

A299

A256

A258

A20M20

B2008

A25

1

A252

A28

A28

B20

68

A26

0

A261

GRAVESENDMEDWAY

ROCHESTER

CHATHAM

GILLINGHAM

SITTINGBOURNE

SHEERNESS

MAIDSTONE

TENTERDEN

SEVENOAKS

TONBRIDGE

ROYALTUNBRIDGE

WELLS

ASHFORD

CANTERBURY

WHITSTABLEHERNE BAY

MARGATE

RAMSGATE

DEAL

DOVER

FOLKESTONE

SANDWICH

HYTHE

DARTFORD

Swanley

Aylesford

FAVERSHAM

Isle ofSheppey

Pegwell Bay

N o r t h D o w n s

N o r t h

D o w n s

L o w W e a l d

H i g h W e a l d R o m n e yM a r s h

49

171819 24

999897

2957

58

62

61 74 76

87

46

65

67

56

84

75

9192

83

4

33

39

41

44

52

88 9538

100

14

42

50

51

53

59

77

86

6494

728 35

66

6982

96

30

43

37

40

60

63

89

2

59

34

85

79

70

13

11

12

16

25

3145

54 73

93

7881

20

23

3

10

2122

72

826

27 32

68

55

47

80

1

36

6

15

90

101

71

48

Date post:	25-Oct-2020
Category:	Documents
Upload:	others
View:	2 times
Download:	0 times

New Admission to Secondary School - WhatDoTheyKnow · 2020. 9. 2. · Admission to Secondary School...

Documents